diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'scripts')
31 files changed, 7599 insertions, 5251 deletions
diff --git a/scripts/ChangeLog b/scripts/ChangeLog index 9c768fe5c..5c8b95c8c 100644 --- a/scripts/ChangeLog +++ b/scripts/ChangeLog @@ -1,485 +1,9 @@ -2006-04-03 Werner Koch <[email protected]> +2004-09-30 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - * w32installer.nsi: Install curl and not http keyserver helper. + * config.guess, config.sub: Updated. -2006-04-03 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - * autogen.sh: Unsupport mingw32/cpd. - -2006-03-09 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.sub, config.guess: Updated. - -2006-02-14 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * w32installer.nsi: Don't use System.dll. - - * autogen.sh (DIE): Add lost exit for --build-w32. - -2005-10-02 Marcus Brinkmann <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh (DIE): Remove ugly hack for po dir suppression. - -2005-08-21 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: Distribute gpg-zip. - -2005-05-31 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.guess, config.sub, config.rpath: Updated from todays - gnulib CVS. - -2005-04-22 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: No longer any need to override libexecdir. The - makefiles now calculate this correctly internally. - -2005-03-30 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * w32installer.nsi: Allow including of WINPT source. Include - libiconv source. - * mk-w32-dist: Add code to detect presence of source. Calculate a - build number; add option --build-number to overide. - -2005-03-14 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mk-w32-dist: Check for patch files. - * w32installer.nsi: Translated a few more strings. Print a - warning if permssions are not suitable for the installation. - Add Uninstaller entries. - -2005-02-16 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: Fix problem with storing the gpgkeys helpers in - libexec, but calling them in libexec/gnupg. - -2005-02-16 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * w32installer.nsi: Added page to select the language. - * mk-w32-dist: Create the opt.ini using the available languages. - -2005-02-03 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * w32installer.nsi: Display README.W32 at the end of the - installation. - * mk-w32-dist: Append .txt to README.W32. - -2005-01-26 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * w32installer.nsi: Create a start menu entry and enhanced the - build environment. - * mk-w32-dist: Add more support for above. - -2005-01-11 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * w32installer.nsi: New. - * mk-w32-dist: Append ".txt" to some files. Call makensis if - available. - -2004-12-21 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: automake needs --add-missing for conditional - CPPFLAGS build in keyserver/Makefile.am. - -2004-11-26 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh (gettext_vers_num): Fix aclocal test. - -2004-10-27 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mk-w32-dist: Use utf-8 encoding for all MO files. - -2004-10-26 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Detect the Debian mingw32 package. - -2004-10-18 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mk-gpg-texi: More fixups to help Debian's install-info. - -2004-10-15 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mk-gpg-texi: Fix up the @setfilename lines. - -2004-10-01 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mk-w32-dist: Updated from stable branch. - - * mk-gpg-texi: Changed to use the newer docbook2x-texi utility. - - * config.guess, config.sub, mkinstalldirs, missing - * depcomp, install-sh: Upgraded. - -2004-07-27 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Updated to the moder version, grepping the required - tool versions from configure.ac. - -2004-06-14 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mk-w32-dist: Do not include the en@* po files. - - * autogen.sh <--build-w32>: Build keyserver helpers again. - -2004-04-02 Thomas Schwinge <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Added ACLOCAL_FLAGS. - -2003-12-28 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * build-riscos, conf-riscos/*: Updated to reflect latest changes. - -2003-10-25 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Updated required versions and add -I m4 to aclocal. - -2003-08-28 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Touch po/all for --build-w32. From Werner on stable - branch. - -2003-08-25 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: Rework much of the spec to use %-macros - throughout. Fix to work properly with RPM 4.1 (all files in - buildroot must be packaged). Package and install info files. Tweak - the English description. Do not install gpgv and gpgsplit setuid - root. Make sure that install-info is called in such a way that - doesn't bork the RPM install if it cannot complete (necessary for - some upgrade scenarios). - -2003-05-26 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * mk-w32-dist: Don't iconv {hu,sk,zh_TW}.po. (From wk on stable - branch) - -2003-04-08 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Add options to build for coldfire and uClinux. - -2003-02-22 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * distfiles, gnupg.spec.in: convert-from-106 is in the tools - directory now. - - * convert-from-106: Move to the tools directory. - -2002-12-01 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * distfiles, gnupg.spec.in: Include convert-from-106. - - * convert-from-106: Script to automate the 1.0.6->later - conversion. It marks all secret keys as ultimately trusted, adds - the signature caches, and checks the trustdb. - -2002-11-13 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * mk-w32-dist: Don't use iconv for pl.po. From Werner on stable - branch. - - * mk-w32-dist: Include gpgkeys_ldap and gpgkeys_hkp. - -2002-11-12 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.sub, config.guess: Updated from ftp.gnu.org/gnu/config - to version 2002-11-08. - -2002-10-31 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: Update source ftp path. - -2002-10-31 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * conf-riscos/Makefile: Updated to reflect latest changes. - -2002-10-28 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h: Updated to reflect latest changes. - -2002-10-26 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: Use new path for keyserver helpers, /usr/lib is - no longer used for cipher/hash plugins, and include gpgv, - gpgsplit, and the new gnupg.7 man page. - -2002-10-17 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Allow env variables to override the auto* tool - names. Suggested by Simon Josefsson. - -2002-09-11 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * distfiles: Include mk-w32-dist. - - * mk-w32-dist: Convert the character sets on a per language base. - -2002-09-02 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mk-w32-dist: Include more man pages and gpg split. Changed name - of ZIP file to better indicate that this is a command line version. - -2002-08-23 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh : Don't run gettextize. - -2002-08-06 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h: Changed #define FOO to - #define FOO 1. - * conf-riscos/include/g10defs.h: Likewise. - -2002-08-03 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * conf-riscos/include/g10defs.h: Added GNUPG_LIBEXECDIR. - * conf-riscos/include/config.h: Changes due to dynload removal and - minor changes to avoid some warnings. - * conf-riscos/Makefile: Changes due to dynload removal. - * conf-riscos/cipher/*: Not needed anymore due to dynload removal. - -2002-07-25 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * gnupgbug: "Warning" -> "WARNING" - -2002-07-01 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mk-gpg-texi: New. - -2002-06-30 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mk-w32-dist (bindir): Fixes vor VPATH builds in a subdir, - include gpgv. - -2002-06-21 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * conf-riscos/Makefile: Changes due to moving around RISC OS - specific stuff in the code. - -2002-06-07 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h [__riscos__]: Fixed macro bug. - -2002-05-10 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h [__riscos__]: Changes for later - Norcroft compilers. - - * conf-riscos/Makefile [__riscos__]: Updated. - -2002-04-22 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h [__riscos__]: Development - versions automatically define DEBUG from now on. - - * conf-riscos/Makefile [__riscos__]: Updated for LDAP keyserver - code. - -2002-04-19 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: Removed pubring.asc and OPTIONS. Added - samplekeys.asc. - -2002-03-31 David Shaw <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: Added the gpgkeys_xxx keyserver helpers. Added a - * to catch variations on the basic gpg man page (gpg, gpgv). Mark - options.skel as a config file. Do not include the FAQ/faq.html - twice (in /doc/ and /share/). - -2002-01-02 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * build-riscos [__riscos__]: Set filetype of Makefile correctly. - - * conf-riscos/include/g10defs.h [__riscos__]: Added GNU GPL - header and exec code defines. - - * conf-riscos/include/config.h [__riscos__]: Moved parts to - include/util.h where they really belong to. - - * conf-riscos/Makefile [__riscos__]: Updated for new keyserver, - exec and photo id code. - -2001-12-22 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Fixed last change. - -2001-12-21 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * distfiles: Removed those files which which automake installs by - default. - - * autogen.sh: Replaced $() by backticks for system without a posix - shell. Removed gawk specific quoting. By David Champion. - -2001-10-22 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh (aclocal_vers): Require automalke 1.5. - -2001-08-21 Stefan Bellon <[email protected]> - - * build-riscos [__riscos__]: New. - * conf-riscos [__riscos__]: Ditto. - -2001-08-13 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Test on gettext 0.10.38. By Michael Engels. - -2001-08-07 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Adjusted --build-w32 for autoconf 2.52 - -2001-07-09 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh (autoconf_vers): Require autoconf 2.50 - -2001-05-06 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.guess, config.sub: Add updates from subversions.gnu.org. - -2001-04-19 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Add VPATH build support for option --build-w32. - -2001-03-12 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.guess, config.sub: Replaced with the current GNU CVS ones. - -2001-01-18 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: New options --build-w32 - * build-w32: Does now call autogen.sh - -2000-11-24 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * build-w32: New script to build the W32 version. - * distfiles: And put it into the distribution - -Thu Sep 14 17:45:11 CEST 2000 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: Updated. - -Wed Sep 6 17:55:47 CEST 2000 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.guess, config.sub: Replaced with the latest version from the - CVS archive. Hope that does not break too much. - -Fri May 12 14:01:20 CEST 2000 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: New version from Fabio with some updated descriptions. - -Mon May 1 15:38:04 CEST 2000 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: New version from Fabio. - -Fri Mar 17 16:26:05 CET 2000 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.gues, config.sub: Support for s390-ibm-linux-gnu. Thanks - to Holger Smolinski. - -Thu Mar 2 15:37:46 CET 2000 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.guess: Add support for QNX. By Sam Roberts. - * config.sub: Ditto. - -Thu Sep 23 09:49:25 1999 Werner Koch ([email protected]) - - * commit: Remove leading and trailing empty lines when copying - Changes to Changelog - -Wed Sep 15 16:22:17 CEST 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec: Add Portuguese description - -Thu Sep 2 16:40:55 CEST 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mkdiff: changed format of diff file name and made script more - general. - -Wed Aug 4 10:34:18 CEST 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.guess: Updated from gnu/common and applied my emx patch again. - * config.sub: Updated from gnu/common. - -Wed Jul 14 19:42:08 CEST 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * ltmain.sh, ltconfig.sh : Updated to libtool 1.3.3 - -Mon Jul 12 14:55:34 CEST 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Run libtoolize - -Sat May 22 22:47:26 CEST 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Fixed the error message for a missing libtool. - -Sat May 8 19:28:08 CEST 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * mkinstalldirs, install-sh: New from GNU repository - * config.sub, config.guess: Merged with rep version. - -Sun Mar 14 19:34:36 CET 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Add a check for libtool because some autoconf macros - are needed. - -Mon Feb 22 20:04:00 CET 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Enhanced the version testing code (Philippe Laliberte) - - * mkwebpage: Edits the buglist. - -Sat Feb 13 12:04:43 CET 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Now uses gettextize - -Wed Feb 10 17:15:39 CET 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.sub, config.guess: Support i386-emx-os2 - -Sun Jan 17 11:04:33 CET 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * autogen.sh: Now checks for installed gettext - -Sat Jan 16 09:27:30 CET 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * config.guess (m68k-atari-mint): New. - * config.sub: Add support for atarist-MiNT - -Wed Jan 13 12:49:36 CET 1999 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec.in: New - * gnupg.spec: Removed - -Wed Dec 23 13:18:14 CET 1998 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec: Updated version by Fabio Coatti - -Thu Dec 17 18:31:15 CET 1998 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - * gnupg.spec: New version by Reuben Sumner and did some more - changes. - -Fri Nov 27 12:39:29 CET 1998 Werner Koch <[email protected]> - - - * commit: New - - -Fri Nov 20 12:01:57 1998 Werner Koch ([email protected]) - - * mkdiff: signs the patch file - -Sat Oct 17 16:10:16 1998 Werner Koch ([email protected]) - - * autogen.sh: New. - -Wed Oct 14 09:55:25 1998 Werner Koch ([email protected]) - - * config.guess (FreeBSD): Changes from Jun Kuriyama to support ELF - * config.sub: (freebsd): Add to maybe_os - - - Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, - 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Copyright 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without @@ -488,3 +12,5 @@ Wed Oct 14 09:55:25 1998 Werner Koch ([email protected]) This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + + diff --git a/scripts/autogen.sh b/scripts/autogen.sh deleted file mode 100755 index c39471eb6..000000000 --- a/scripts/autogen.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,278 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc. -# -# Copyright (C) 1998,1999,2000,2001,2002,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the -# implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -configure_ac="configure.ac" - -cvtver () { - awk 'NR==1 {split($NF,A,".");X=1000000*A[1]+1000*A[2]+A[3];print X;exit 0}' -} - -check_version () { - if [ `("$1" --version || echo "0") | cvtver` -ge "$2" ]; then - return 0 - fi - echo "**Error**: "\`$1\'" not installed or too old." >&2 - echo ' Version '$3' or newer is required.' >&2 - [ -n "$4" ] && echo ' Note that this is part of '\`$4\''.' >&2 - DIE="yes" - return 1 -} - -# Allow to override the default tool names -AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF_PREFIX}${AUTOCONF:-autoconf}${AUTOCONF_SUFFIX} -AUTOHEADER=${AUTOCONF_PREFIX}${AUTOHEADER:-autoheader}${AUTOCONF_SUFFIX} - -AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE_PREFIX}${AUTOMAKE:-automake}${AUTOMAKE_SUFFIX} -ACLOCAL=${AUTOMAKE_PREFIX}${ACLOCAL:-aclocal}${AUTOMAKE_SUFFIX} - -GETTEXT=${GETTEXT_PREFIX}${GETTEXT:-gettext}${GETTEXT_SUFFIX} -MSGMERGE=${GETTEXT_PREFIX}${MSGMERGE:-msgmerge}${GETTEXT_SUFFIX} - -DIE=no - -# Used to cross-compile GnuPG for Windows. -if test "$1" = "--build-w32"; then - tmp=`dirname $0` - tsdir=`cd "$tmp"; cd ..; pwd` - shift - if [ ! -f $tsdir/scripts/config.guess ]; then - echo "$tsdir/scripts/config.guess not found" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - build=`$tsdir/scripts/config.guess` - - # See whether we have the Debian cross compiler package or the - # old mingw32/cpd system - if i586-mingw32msvc-gcc --version >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - host=i586-mingw32msvc - crossbindir=/usr/$host/bin - conf_CC="CC=${host}-gcc" - else - host=i386--mingw32 - if ! mingw32 --version >/dev/null; then - echo "We need at least version 0.3 of MingW32/CPD" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - echo "MingW32/CPD is no longer supported" >&2 - exit 1 - # crossbindir=`mingw32 --install-dir`/bin - # # Old autoconf version required us to setup the environment - # # with the proper tool names. - # CC=`mingw32 --get-path gcc` - # CPP=`mingw32 --get-path cpp` - # AR=`mingw32 --get-path ar` - # RANLIB=`mingw32 --get-path ranlib` - # export CC CPP AR RANLIB - # conf_CC="" - fi - - if [ -f "$tsdir/config.log" ]; then - if ! head $tsdir/config.log | grep "$host" >/dev/null; then - echo "Pease run a 'make distclean' first" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - fi - - disable_foo_tests="" - if [ -n "$lib_config_files" ]; then - for i in $lib_config_files; do - j=`echo $i | tr '[a-z-]' '[A-Z_]'` - eval "$j=${crossbindir}/$i" - export $j - disable_foo_tests="$disable_foo_tests --disable-`echo $i| \ - sed 's,-config$,,'`-test" - if [ ! -f "${crossbindir}/$i" ]; then - echo "$i not installed for MingW32" >&2 - DIE=yes - fi - done - fi - [ $DIE = yes ] && exit 1 - - $tsdir/configure ${conf_CC} --build=${build} --host=${host} \ - ${disable_foo_tests} $* - exit $? -fi - - -# This is the special case to build on a ColdFire platform under -# the uClinux kernel. Tested on a MCF4249C3 board. -if test "$1" = "--build-coldfire"; then - tmp=`dirname $0` - tsdir=`cd "$tmp"; cd ..; pwd` - shift - if [ $# -lt 1 ]; then - echo "usage: autogen.sh --build-coldfire <crossroot>" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - crossdir="$1" - shift - - host=m68k-elf - crossprefix=${host}- - if [ ! -f $tsdir/scripts/config.guess ]; then - echo "$tsdir/scripts/config.guess not found" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - build=`$tsdir/scripts/config.guess` - - if [ -f "$tsdir/config.log" ]; then - if ! head $tsdir/config.log | grep m68k-elf >/dev/null; then - echo "Pease run a 'make distclean' first" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - fi - - crossbindir=$crossdir/bin - CC=${crossbindir}/${crossprefix}gcc - CPP=${crossbindir}/cpp - AR=${crossbindir}/${crossprefix}ar - RANLIB=${crossbindir}/${crossprefix}ranlib - - CFLAGS="-Os -g -fomit-frame-pointer" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m5307 -DCONFIG_COLDFIRE" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Dlinux -D__linux__ -Dunix -D__uClinux__ -DEMBED" - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-builtin -msep-data" - LDFLAGS="-Wl,-elf2flt -Wl,-move-rodata -nostartfiles" - LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS ${crossdir}/m68k-elf/lib/crt0.o" - LIBS="-lc" - - disable_foo_tests="" - if [ -n "$lib_config_files" ]; then - for i in $lib_config_files; do - j=`echo $i | tr '[a-z-]' '[A-Z_]'` - eval "$j=${crossbindir}/$i" - export $j - disable_foo_tests="$disable_foo_tests --disable-`echo $i| \ - sed 's,-config$,,'`-test" - if [ ! -f "${crossbindir}/$i" ]; then - echo "$i not installed for ColdFire" >&2 - DIE=yes - fi - done - fi - [ $DIE = yes ] && exit 1 - - $tsdir/configure --build=${build} --host=${host} \ - ${disable_foo_tests} \ - --disable-dynload \ - --disable-exec \ - --disable-photo-viewers \ - --disable-keyserver-helpers \ - --disable-ldap \ - --disable-mailto \ - --disable-largefile \ - --disable-asm \ - --disable-nls $* \ - CC="$CC" CPP="$CPP" AR="$AR" RANLIB="$RANLIB" \ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LIBS="$LIBS" - exit $? -fi - - -# This is the special case to build on a ColdFire platform under -# the uClinux kernel with uClinux-dist. Tested on a MCF4249C3 board. -if test "$1" = "--build-uclinux"; then - tmp=`dirname $0` - tsdir=`cd "$tmp"; cd ..; pwd` - shift - - if [ ! -f $tsdir/scripts/config.guess ]; then - echo "$tsdir/scripts/config.guess not found" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - build=`$tsdir/scripts/config.guess` - host=m68k-elf - - if [ -f "$tsdir/config.log" ]; then - if ! head $tsdir/config.log | grep m68k-elf >/dev/null; then - echo "Please run a 'make distclean' first" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - fi - - $tsdir/configure --build=${build} --host=${host} \ - ${disable_foo_tests} \ - --disable-dynload \ - --disable-exec \ - --disable-photo-viewers \ - --disable-keyserver-helpers \ - --disable-ldap \ - --disable-mailto \ - --disable-largefile \ - --disable-asm \ - --disable-nls $* \ - CC="$CC" CPP="$CPP" AR="$AR" RANLIB="$RANLIB" \ - CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LIBS="$LDLIBS" - exit $? -fi - - -# Grep the required versions from configure.ac -autoconf_vers=`sed -n '/^AC_PREREQ(/ { -s/^.*(\(.*\))/\1/p -q -}' ${configure_ac}` -autoconf_vers_num=`echo "$autoconf_vers" | cvtver` - -automake_vers=`sed -n '/^min_automake_version=/ { -s/^.*="\(.*\)"/\1/p -q -}' ${configure_ac}` -automake_vers_num=`echo "$automake_vers" | cvtver` - -gettext_vers=`sed -n '/^AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(/ { -s/^.*(\(.*\))/\1/p -q -}' ${configure_ac}` -gettext_vers_num=`echo "$gettext_vers" | cvtver` - - -if [ -z "$autoconf_vers" -o -z "$automake_vers" -o -z "$gettext_vers" ] -then - echo "**Error**: version information not found in "\`${configure_ac}\'"." >&2 - exit 1 -fi - - -if check_version $AUTOCONF $autoconf_vers_num $autoconf_vers ; then - check_version $AUTOHEADER $autoconf_vers_num $autoconf_vers autoconf -fi -if check_version $AUTOMAKE $automake_vers_num $automake_vers; then - check_version $ACLOCAL $automake_vers_num $automake_vers automake -fi -if check_version $GETTEXT $gettext_vers_num $gettext_vers; then - check_version $MSGMERGE $gettext_vers_num $gettext_vers gettext -fi - -if test "$DIE" = "yes"; then - cat <<EOF - -Note that you may use alternative versions of the tools by setting -the corresponding environment variables; see README.CVS for details. - -EOF - exit 1 -fi - - -echo "Running aclocal -I m4 ${ACLOCAL_FLAGS:+$ACLOCAL_FLAGS }..." -$ACLOCAL -I m4 $ACLOCAL_FLAGS -echo "Running autoheader..." -$AUTOHEADER -echo "Running automake --gnu --add-missing..." -$AUTOMAKE --gnu --add-missing; -echo "Running autoconf..." -$AUTOCONF - -echo "You may now run \"./configure --enable-maintainer-mode && make\"." diff --git a/scripts/build-riscos b/scripts/build-riscos deleted file mode 100644 index 47b38bd3d..000000000 --- a/scripts/build-riscos +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -| This is an RISC OS Obey file (filetype &feb) that copies handcrafted files -| for the RISC OS version into the correct places. -| It won't run on anything other than RISC OS -- I think ;-) - -copy <obey$dir>.conf-riscos.include.h.config <obey$dir>.^.include.h.config ~cf~v -copy <obey$dir>.conf-riscos.include.h.g10defs <obey$dir>.^.include.h.g10defs ~cf~v -copy <obey$dir>.conf-riscos.Makefile <obey$dir>.^.Makefile ~cf~v -settype <obey$dir>.^.Makefile &fe1 -echo Done. diff --git a/scripts/build-w32 b/scripts/build-w32 deleted file mode 100755 index 9995a4865..000000000 --- a/scripts/build-w32 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -exec scripts/autogen.sh --build-w32 - - - diff --git a/scripts/commit b/scripts/commit deleted file mode 100755 index 6bfa0a615..000000000 --- a/scripts/commit +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -# need a Posix shell, so we simply use bash - -set -e - -uid=`id -u` -date=`date` -name=$(awk -F: "\$3==$uid { print \$5 }" /etc/passwd ) -addr="<`id -un`@`hostname -d`>" - -for i in `find . -name Changes -print`; do - dir=`dirname $i` - if [ -s $dir/Changes ]; then - awk ' - state == 0 && /^[ \t]*$/ { next } - state == 0 { state = 1 } - /^[ \t]*$/ { empty++; next } - { while ( empty > 0 ) { print ""; empty--; }; print } - ' < $dir/Changes > $dir/Changes.tmp - if [ -s $dir/Changes.tmp ]; then - lines=`wc -l <$dir/Changes.tmp` - echo "$date $name $addr" >$dir/ChangeLog.new - echo >>$dir/ChangeLog.new - cat $dir/Changes.tmp >>$dir/ChangeLog.new - echo >>$dir/ChangeLog.new - [ -f $dir/ChangeLog ] && cat $dir/ChangeLog >>$dir/ChangeLog.new - echo -n > $dir/Changes - [ -f $dir/ChangeLog ] && rm $dir/ChangeLog - mv $dir/ChangeLog.new $dir/ChangeLog - echo "$lines new lines in $dir/ChangeLog" - fi - rm $dir/Changes.tmp || true - fi -done - -# Execute canned cvs remove commands -for i in `find . -name cvs-remove -print`; do - dir=`dirname $i` - if [ -s $dir/cvs-remove ]; then - here=`pwd` - cd $dir - if cvs remove -f `cat cvs-remove`; then - rm cvs-remove - fi - cd $here - fi -done - -# Execute canned cvs add commands -for i in `find . -name cvs-add -print`; do - dir=`dirname $i` - if [ -s $dir/cvs-add ]; then - here=`pwd` - cd $dir - if cvs add `cat cvs-add`; then - rm cvs-add - fi - cd $here - fi -done - -cvs -z3 commit -m "See ChangeLog: $date $name" $* - diff --git a/scripts/compile b/scripts/compile index 3d2170320..b6e6dcb0f 100755 --- a/scripts/compile +++ b/scripts/compile @@ -1,9 +1,8 @@ #! /bin/sh -# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. -scriptversion=2004-10-12.08 +# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Tom Tromey <[email protected]>. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -18,125 +17,92 @@ scriptversion=2004-10-12.08 # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA.. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. -# This file is maintained in Automake, please report -# bugs to <[email protected]> or send patches to -# <[email protected]>. - -case $1 in - '') - echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 - exit 1; - ;; - -h | --h*) - cat <<\EOF -Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] - -Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. -Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining -arguments, and rename the output as expected. +# Usage: +# compile PROGRAM [ARGS]... +# `-o FOO.o' is removed from the args passed to the actual compile. -If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the -right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'. +# Usage statement added by Billy Biggs <[email protected]>. +if [ -z $1 ]; then + echo "Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'." + echo "usage: compile PROGRAM [ARGS]..." + echo "'-o FOO.o' is removed from the args passed to the actual compile." + exit 1 +fi -Report bugs to <[email protected]>. -EOF - exit 0 - ;; - -v | --v*) - echo "compile $scriptversion" - exit 0 - ;; -esac +prog=$1 +shift ofile= cfile= -eat= - -for arg -do - if test -n "$eat"; then - eat= - else - case $1 in - -o) - # configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'. - # So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object. - eat=1 - case $2 in - *.o | *.obj) - ofile=$2 - ;; - *) - set x "$@" -o "$2" - shift - ;; - esac - ;; - *.c) - cfile=$1 - set x "$@" "$1" - shift - ;; - *) - set x "$@" "$1" - shift - ;; - esac - fi - shift +args= +while test $# -gt 0; do + case "$1" in + -o) + # configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'. + # So we do something ugly here. + ofile=$2 + shift + case "$ofile" in + *.o | *.obj) + ;; + *) + args="$args -o $ofile" + ofile= + ;; + esac + ;; + *.c) + cfile=$1 + args="$args $1" + ;; + *) + args="$args $1" + ;; + esac + shift done if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then - # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a - # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a - # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no - # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also - # ok. - exec "$@" + # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a + # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a + # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no + # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also + # ok. + exec "$prog" $args fi # Name of file we expect compiler to create. -cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.c$/.o/'` +cofile=`echo $cfile | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.c$/.o/'` # Create the lock directory. # Note: use `[/.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name # that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected # object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. -lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d +lockdir=`echo $cofile | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d while true; do - if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - break - fi - sleep 1 + if mkdir $lockdir > /dev/null 2>&1; then + break + fi + sleep 1 done # FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap. -trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15 +trap "rmdir $lockdir; exit 1" 1 2 15 # Run the compile. -"$@" -ret=$? +"$prog" $args +status=$? if test -f "$cofile"; then - mv "$cofile" "$ofile" -elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then - mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" + mv "$cofile" "$ofile" fi -rmdir "$lockdir" -exit $ret - -# Local Variables: -# mode: shell-script -# sh-indentation: 2 -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" -# End: +rmdir $lockdir +exit $status diff --git a/scripts/conf-riscos/Makefile b/scripts/conf-riscos/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 2a20e08fb..000000000 --- a/scripts/conf-riscos/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,509 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile for the RISC OS development version of GnuPG -BRANCH=devel - -CC=cc -LINK=link -AR=libfile -AS=objasm -MAKE=amu -DEPEND=-depend !Depend -LIBLDAP=^.^.openldap-2/0/27 -ZLIB=zlib.zlib - -CC_FLAGS=-Wdp -throwback -Otime -Iinclude,mpi,intl,util,zlib,$(LIBLDAP).include,^.^.regex-0/12,Unix: -JUnix: -D__riscos__ -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DNO_ASM -UIS_MODULE -DVERSION="\"$(GnuPG$Version)\"" -DSAFE_VERSION="\"$(GnuPG$SafeVersion)\"" -DIS_DEVELOPMENT_VERSION -AR_FLAGS= -AS_FLAGS=-throwback -predefine "ARMv4 SETA 0" -LD_FLAGS= -UNIXLIB=Unix:o.UnixLib - -CIPHER_OBJS=cipher.o.blowfish \ - cipher.o.cast5 \ - cipher.o.cipher \ - cipher.o.des \ - cipher.o.dsa \ - cipher.o.dynload \ - cipher.o.elgamal \ - cipher.o.g10c \ - cipher.o.md \ - cipher.o.md5 \ - cipher.o.primegen \ - cipher.o.pubkey \ - cipher.o.random \ - cipher.o.rijndael \ - cipher.o.rmd160 \ - cipher.o.rndriscos \ - cipher.o.rsa \ - cipher.o.sha1 \ - cipher.o.sha256 \ - cipher.o.sha512 \ - cipher.o.smallprime \ - cipher.o.twofish -GETTEXT_OBJS=intl.o.bindtextdom \ - intl.o.dcgettext \ - intl.o.dcigettext \ - intl.o.dcngettext \ - intl.o.dgettext \ - intl.o.dngettext \ - intl.o.explodename \ - intl.o.finddomain \ - intl.o.gettext \ - intl.o.intl-compat \ - intl.o.l10nflist \ - intl.o.loadmsgcat \ - intl.o.localealias \ - intl.o.ngettext \ - intl.o.plural \ - intl.o.textdomain -MPI_OBJS=mpi.o.mpi-add \ - mpi.o.mpi-bit \ - mpi.o.mpi-cmp \ - mpi.o.mpi-div \ - mpi.o.mpi-gcd \ - mpi.o.mpi-inline \ - mpi.o.mpi-inv \ - mpi.o.mpi-mul \ - mpi.o.mpi-pow \ - mpi.o.mpi-mpow \ - mpi.o.mpi-scan \ - mpi.o.mpicoder \ - mpi.o.mpih-div \ - mpi.o.mpih-mul \ - mpi.o.mpiutil \ - mpi.o.g10m \ - mpi.arm.o.mpih -UTIL_OBJS=util.o.argparse \ - util.o.dotlock \ - util.o.errors \ - util.o.fileutil \ - util.o.g10u \ - util.o.http \ - util.o.iobuf \ - util.o.logger \ - util.o.memory \ - util.o.miscutil \ - util.o.secmem \ - util.o.srv \ - util.o.strgutil \ - util.o.ttyio \ - util.o.riscos -ZLIB_OBJS=zlib.o.adler32 \ - zlib.o.compress \ - zlib.o.crc32 \ - zlib.o.deflate \ - zlib.o.infblock \ - zlib.o.infcodes \ - zlib.o.inffast \ - zlib.o.inflate \ - zlib.o.inftrees \ - zlib.o.infutil \ - zlib.o.trees \ - zlib.o.uncompr \ - zlib.o.zutil -G10_OBJS=g10.o.armor \ - g10.o.build-packet \ - g10.o.cipher \ - g10.o.comment \ - g10.o.compress \ - g10.o.dearmor \ - g10.o.decrypt \ - g10.o.delkey \ - g10.o.encode \ - g10.o.encr-data \ - g10.o.exec \ - g10.o.export \ - g10.o.free-packet \ - g10.o.getkey \ - g10.o.helptext \ - g10.o.import \ - g10.o.kbnode \ - g10.o.keydb \ - g10.o.keyedit \ - g10.o.keygen \ - g10.o.keyid \ - g10.o.keylist \ - g10.o.keyring \ - g10.o.keyserver \ - g10.o.mainproc \ - g10.o.mdfilter \ - g10.o.misc \ - g10.o.mkdtemp \ - g10.o.openfile \ - g10.o.parse-packet \ - g10.o.passphrase \ - g10.o.photoid \ - g10.o.pipemode \ - g10.o.pkclist \ - g10.o.plaintext \ - g10.o.progress \ - g10.o.pubkey-enc \ - g10.o.revoke \ - g10.o.seckey-cert \ - g10.o.seskey \ - g10.o.sig-check \ - g10.o.sign \ - g10.o.signal \ - g10.o.skclist \ - g10.o.status \ - g10.o.tdbdump \ - g10.o.tdbio \ - g10.o.textfilter \ - g10.o.trustdb \ - g10.o.verify -GPGV_OBJS=g10.o.armor \ - g10.o.build-packet \ - g10.o.compress \ - g10.o.free-packet \ - g10.o.getkey \ - g10.o.gpgv \ - g10.o.keydb \ - g10.o.keylist \ - g10.o.kbnode \ - g10.o.keyid \ - g10.o.keyring \ - g10.o.mainproc \ - g10.o.mdfilter \ - g10.o.misc \ - g10.o.openfile \ - g10.o.parse-packet \ - g10.o.plaintext \ - g10.o.progress \ - g10.o.seskey \ - g10.o.sig-check \ - g10.o.signal \ - g10.o.status \ - g10.o.textfilter \ - g10.o.verify \ - util.o.argparse \ - util.o.errors \ - util.o.fileutil \ - util.o.g10u \ - util.o.iobuf \ - util.o.logger \ - util.o.memory \ - util.o.miscutil \ - util.o.secmem \ - util.o.strgutil \ - util.o.riscos \ - cipher.o.dsa \ - cipher.o.dynload \ - cipher.o.elgamal \ - cipher.o.g10c \ - cipher.o.md \ - cipher.o.md5 \ - cipher.o.pubkey \ - cipher.o.rmd160 \ - cipher.o.rsa \ - cipher.o.sha1 \ - cipher.o.sha256 \ - cipher.o.sha512 \ - mpi.mpi -GPGKEYS_OBJS=util.util \ - intl.gettext - -## Rule Patterns ## - -.SUFFIXES: .c .o .s - -.c.o: - $(CC) $(CC_FLAGS) $(DEPEND) -c -o $@ $< - -.s.o: - $(AS) $(AS_FLAGS) $(DEPEND) $< $@ - -# Static dependencies: - -all: - @echo Use one of the following as target: - @echo | dev to build the development version - @echo | dist to build the distribution with all archives - @echo All other targets are internal and shouldn't be used! - -cipher.cipher: $(CIPHER_OBJS) - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -c -o cipher.cipher $(CIPHER_OBJS) - -intl.gettext: $(GETTEXT_OBJS) - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -c -o intl.gettext $(GETTEXT_OBJS) - -mpi.mpi: $(MPI_OBJS) - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -c -o mpi.mpi $(MPI_OBJS) - -tools.gpgsplit: tools.o.gpgsplit util.util intl.gettext $(ZLIB) - $(LINK) $(LD_FLAGS) -o tools.gpgsplit tools.o.gpgsplit util.util intl.gettext $(ZLIB) $(UNIXLIB) - -squeeze tools.gpgsplit - -copy tools.gpgsplit ADFS::A4.$.tmp.!GnuPG.gpgsplit ~CF~V - -keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap: keyserver.o.gpgkeys_ldap $(GPGKEYS_OBJS) $(LIBLDAP).libraries.libldap.libldap - $(LINK) $(LD_FLAGS) -o keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap keyserver.o.gpgkeys_ldap $(GPGKEYS_OBJS) $(LIBLDAP).libraries.libldap.libldap $(UNIXLIB) - -squeeze keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap - -copy keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap ADFS::A4.$.tmp.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_ldap ~CF~V - -keyserver.gpgkeys_hkp: keyserver.o.gpgkeys_hkp $(GPGKEYS_OBJS) - $(LINK) $(LD_FLAGS) -o keyserver.gpgkeys_hkp keyserver.o.gpgkeys_hkp $(GPGKEYS_OBJS) $(UNIXLIB) - -squeeze keyserver.gpgkeys_hkp - -copy keyserver.gpgkeys_hkp ADFS::A4.$.tmp.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_hkp ~CF~V - -riscos.jpegview.jpegview: - -dir riscos.jpegview - -$(MAKE) - -back - -util.util: $(UTIL_OBJS) - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -c -o util.util $(UTIL_OBJS) - -zlib.zlib: $(ZLIB_OBJS) - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -c -o zlib.zlib $(ZLIB_OBJS) - -g10.gpg: g10.o.g10 $(G10_OBJS) cipher.o.idea cipher.cipher intl.gettext mpi.mpi util.util $(ZLIB) BUILD - $(LINK) $(LD_FLAGS) -o g10.gpg g10.o.g10 $(G10_OBJS) cipher.o.idea cipher.cipher intl.gettext mpi.mpi util.util $(ZLIB) $(UNIXLIB) - -copy g10.gpg ADFS::A4.$.tmp.!GnuPG.gpg ~CFR~V - -g10.gpgv: $(GPGV_OBJS) intl.gettext $(ZLIB) BUILD - $(LINK) $(LD_FLAGS) -o g10.gpgv $(GPGV_OBJS) intl.gettext $(ZLIB) $(UNIXLIB) - -copy g10.gpgv ADFS::A4.$.tmp.!GnuPG.gpgv ~CFR~V - -g10.gpgpart: $(G10_OBJS) BUILD - copy $(UNIXLIB) g10.gpgpart ~CF~V - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -i g10.gpgpart $(CIPHER_OBJS) - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -i g10.gpgpart $(GETTEXT_OBJS) - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -i g10.gpgpart $(MPI_OBJS) - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -i g10.gpgpart $(UTIL_OBJS) -ifdef ZLIB - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -i g10.gpgpart $(ZLIB_OBJS) -endif - $(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) -i g10.gpgpart $(G10_OBJS) - -select-idea-src: - -copy distrib.idea-addon.cipher.c.idea cipher.c.idea ~CF~NR~V - $(CC) $(CC_FLAGS) $(DEPEND) -c -o cipher.o.idea cipher.c.idea - -select-gpl-src: - -copy distrib.non-idea.cipher.c.idea cipher.c.idea ~CF~NR~V - $(CC) $(CC_FLAGS) $(DEPEND) -c -o cipher.o.idea cipher.c.idea - -distrib.gnupgsrc/zip: select-gpl-src - -zip -9@ distrib.gnupgsrc/zip < distrib.resources.distfiles - -distrib.gnupg/zip: distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.JPEGview distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgsplit distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_hkp distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpg distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgv select-gpl-src - -copy distrib.resources.History distrib.gpl-bin.History ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.Upgrading distrib.gpl-bin.Upgrading ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.ReadMe_bin distrib.gpl-bin.!ReadMe1st ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.!GnuPG distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.!GnuPGUser distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPGUser ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.orig_docs distrib.gpl-bin.orig_docs ~CFR~V - -dir distrib.gpl-bin - -zip -r9 ^.gnupg/zip * - -back - -distrib.gnupgdev/zip: distrib.private.!GnuPG.JPEGview distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgsplit distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_ldap distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_hkp distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpg distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgv select-idea-src - -ifthere distrib.private.!GnuPG.locale then wipe distrib.private.!GnuPG.locale ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.intl.!GnuPG.locale distrib.private.!GnuPG.locale ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.History distrib.private.History ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.Upgrading distrib.private.Upgrading ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.ReadMe_bin distrib.private.!ReadMe1st ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.!GnuPG distrib.private.!GnuPG ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.!GnuPGUser distrib.private.!GnuPGUser ~CFR~V - -copy distrib.resources.orig_docs distrib.private.orig_docs ~CFR~V - -dir distrib.private - -zip -r9 ^.gnupgdev/zip * - -back - -distrib.gnupgidea/zip: cipher.o.idea select-idea-src - -copy distrib.resources.ReadMe_idea distrib.idea-addon.!ReadMe ~CFR~V - -copy cipher.o.idea distrib.idea-addon.cipher.o.idea ~CFR~V - -dir distrib.idea-addon - -zip -r9 ^.gnupgidea/zip * - -back - -distrib.gnupgpart/zip: g10.o.g10 g10.gpgpart select-idea-src - -copy distrib.resources.ReadMe_part distrib.part.!ReadMe1st ~CFR~V - -copy g10.gpgpart distrib.part.g10.gpgpart ~CFR~V - -copy g10.o.g10 distrib.part.g10.g10 ~CFR~V - -dir distrib.part - -zip -r9 ^.gnupgpart/zip * - -back - -distrib.gnupgldap/zip: keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap - -copy distrib.resources.ReadMe_ldap distrib.ldap.!ReadMe ~CFR~V - -copy keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap distrib.ldap.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_ldap ~CFR~V - -dir distrib.ldap - -zip -r9 ^.gnupgldap/zip * - -back - -distrib.gnupgintl/zip: - -dir distrib.intl - -zip -r9 ^.gnupgintl/zip * - -back - -distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpg: g10.gpg - -copy g10.gpg distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpg ~CFR~V - -squeeze distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpg - -distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgv: g10.gpgv - -copy g10.gpgv distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgv ~CFR~V - -squeeze distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgv - -distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgsplit: tools.gpgsplit - -copy tools.gpgsplit distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgsplit ~CFR~V - -squeeze distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgsplit - -distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_hkp: keyserver.gpgkeys_hkp - -copy keyserver.gpgkeys_hkp distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_hkp ~CFR~V - -squeeze distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_hkp - -distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.JPEGview: riscos.jpegview.jpegview - -copy riscos.jpegview.jpegview distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.JPEGview ~CFR~V - -distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpg: g10.gpg - -copy g10.gpg distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpg ~CFR~V - -squeeze distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpg - -distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgv: g10.gpgv - -copy g10.gpgv distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgv ~CFR~V - -squeeze distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgv - -distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgsplit: tools.gpgsplit - -copy tools.gpgsplit distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgsplit ~CFR~V - -squeeze distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgsplit - -distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_ldap: keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap - -copy keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_ldap ~CFR~V - -squeeze distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_ldap - -distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_hkp: keyserver.gpgkeys_hkp - -copy keyserver.gpgkeys_hkp distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_hkp ~CFR~V - -squeeze distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpgkeys_hkp - -distrib.private.!GnuPG.JPEGview: riscos.jpegview.jpegview - -copy riscos.jpegview.jpegview distrib.private.!GnuPG.JPEGview ~CFR~V - -clean-cipher: - -ifthere cipher.o.* then wipe cipher.o.* ~CFR~V - -ifthere cipher.cipher then wipe cipher.cipher ~CFR~V - -clean-intl: - -ifthere intl.o.* then wipe intl.o.* ~CFR~V - -ifthere intl.gettext then wipe intl.gettext ~CFR~V - -clean-mpi: - -ifthere mpi.o.* then wipe mpi.o.* ~CFR~V - -ifthere mpi.arm.o.* then wipe mpi.arm.o.* ~CFR~V - -ifthere mpi.mpi then wipe mpi.mpi ~CFR~V - -clean-util: - -ifthere util.o.* then wipe util.o.* ~CFR~V - -ifthere util.util then wipe util.util ~CFR~V - -clean-zlib: - -ifthere zlib.o.* then wipe zlib.o.* ~CFR~V - -ifthere zlib.zlib then wipe zlib.zlib ~CFR~V - -clean-dist: - -ifthere distrib.*/zip then wipe distrib.*/zip ~CFR~V - -clean-g10: - -ifthere g10.gpg then wipe g10.gpg ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.gpgv then wipe g10.gpgv ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.gpgpart then wipe g10.gpgpart ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.o.* then wipe g10.o.* ~CFR~V - -clean-keyserver: - -ifthere keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap then wipe keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap ~CFR~V - -ifthere keyserver.gpgkeys_hkp then wipe keyserver.gpgkeys_hkp ~CFR~V - -ifthere keyserver.o.* then wipe keyserver.o.* ~CFR~V - -clean-tools: - -ifthere tools.gpgsplit then wipe tools.gpgsplit ~CFR~V - -ifthere tools.o.* then wipe tools.o.* ~CFR~V - -clean-riscos: - -ifthere riscos.jpegview.jpegview then wipe riscos.jpegview.jpegview ~CFR~V - -clean-version: - -ifthere g10.o.armor then wipe g10.o.armor ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.o.encode then wipe g10.o.encode ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.o.g10 then wipe g10.o.g10 ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.o.gpgv then wipe g10.o.gpgv ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.o.keygen then wipe g10.o.keygen ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.o.keyserver then wipe g10.o.keyserver ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.gpg then wipe g10.gpg ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.gpgv then wipe g10.gpgv ~CFR~V - -ifthere g10.gpgpart then wipe g10.gpgpart ~CFR~V - -clean: clean-dist clean-cipher clean-intl clean-mpi clean-util clean-zlib clean-g10 clean-keyserver clean-tools clean-riscos - -g10.o.armor: BUILD - $(CC) $(CC_FLAGS) $(DEPEND) -c -o g10.o.armor g10.c.armor - -g10.o.encode: BUILD - $(CC) $(CC_FLAGS) $(DEPEND) -c -o g10.o.encode g10.c.encode - -g10.o.g10: BUILD - $(CC) $(CC_FLAGS) $(DEPEND) -c -o g10.o.g10 g10.c.g10 - -g10.o.gpgv: BUILD - $(CC) $(CC_FLAGS) $(DEPEND) -c -o g10.o.gpgv g10.c.gpgv - -g10.o.keygen: BUILD - $(CC) $(CC_FLAGS) $(DEPEND) -c -o g10.o.keygen g10.c.keygen - -g10.o.keyserver: BUILD - $(CC) $(CC_FLAGS) $(DEPEND) -c -o g10.o.keyserver g10.c.keyserver - -dev: clean-version - $(MAKE) fast-dev - -fast-dev: BUILD -ifdef USE_ZLIBRISCOS - zlib-riscos-use -else - zlib-riscos-nouse -endif - setver configure/ac AC_INIT(gnupg, , dev - wipe distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpg* ~CFR~V - -$(MAKE) keyserver.gpgkeys_ldap - $(MAKE) tools.gpgsplit - $(MAKE) distrib.gnupgdev/zip - ifthere <WebServe$ServeRoot>.private.gnupgdev/zip then wipe <WebServe$ServeRoot>.private.gnupgdev/zip ~CFR~V - rename distrib.gnupgdev/zip <WebServe$ServeRoot>.private.gnupgdev/zip - -dist: BUILD clean-version tools.gpgsplit -ifdef USE_ZLIBRISCOS - zlib-riscos-use -else - zlib-riscos-nouse -endif - setver configure/ac AC_INIT(gnupg, , dist - wipe distrib.gpl-bin.!GnuPG.gpg* ~CFR~V - $(MAKE) distrib.gnupg/zip - $(MAKE) distrib.gnupgidea/zip - $(MAKE) distrib.gnupgpart/zip - wipe distrib.private.!GnuPG.gpg* ~CFR~V - $(MAKE) distrib.gnupgdev/zip - $(MAKE) distrib.gnupgsrc/zip - $(MAKE) distrib.gnupgintl/zip - $(MAKE) distrib.gnupgldap/zip - $(MAKE) select-idea-src - ifthere <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupg/zip then wipe <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupg/zip ~CFR~V - ifthere <WebServe$ServeRoot>.private.gnupgdev/zip then wipe <WebServe$ServeRoot>.private.gnupgdev/zip ~CFR~V - ifthere <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgidea/zip then wipe <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgidea/zip ~CFR~V - ifthere <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgpart/zip then wipe <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgpart/zip ~CFR~V - ifthere <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgsrc/zip then wipe <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgsrc/zip ~CFR~V - ifthere <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgintl/zip then wipe <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgintl/zip ~CFR~V - ifthere <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgldap/zip then wipe <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgldap/zip ~CFR~V - ifthere <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupg_history/txt then wipe <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupg_history/txt ~CFR~V - ifthere <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupg_news/txt then wipe <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupg_news/txt ~CFR~V - rename distrib.gnupgdev/zip <WebServe$ServeRoot>.private.gnupgdev/zip - rename distrib.gnupg/zip <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupg/zip - rename distrib.gnupgidea/zip <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgidea/zip - rename distrib.gnupgpart/zip <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgpart/zip - rename distrib.gnupgsrc/zip <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgsrc/zip - rename distrib.gnupgintl/zip <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgintl/zip - rename distrib.gnupgldap/zip <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupgldap/zip - copy distrib.resources.History <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupg_history/txt ~CFR~V - copy distrib.resources.orig_docs.NEWS <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH).gnupg_news/txt ~CFR~V - unset GnuPG$DevDefine - unset GnuPG$Version - unset GnuPG$SafeVersion - updatesigs <WebServe$ServeRoot>.archives.gnupg-$(BRANCH) --secring adfs::pgp.$.secring/gpg - -# Dynamic dependencies: diff --git a/scripts/conf-riscos/include/config.h b/scripts/conf-riscos/include/config.h deleted file mode 100644 index 208796bc6..000000000 --- a/scripts/conf-riscos/include/config.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,427 +0,0 @@ -/* config.h - hand edited by Stefan Bellon to suit RISC OS needs - * Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - * - * This file is part of GNUPG. - * - * GNUPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * GNUPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, - * USA. - */ -#ifndef G10_CONFIG_H -#define G10_CONFIG_H - -/* need this, because some autoconf tests rely on this (e.g. stpcpy) - * and it should be used for new programs - */ -#define _GNU_SOURCE 1 - - -/* Define if using alloca.c. */ -#undef C_ALLOCA - -/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */ -/* #undef const */ - -/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. - This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */ -#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END - -/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */ -/* #undef HAVE_ALLOCA */ -#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 - -/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */ -/* #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ -#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1 - -/* #undef _LIBC */ - -/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt. */ -#undef HAVE_DOPRNT - -/* Define if you have the vprintf function. */ -#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1 - -/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */ -#undef off_t - -/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work. */ -#undef _POSIX_SOURCE - -/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */ -#define RETSIGTYPE void - -/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */ -#define size_t unsigned int - -/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the - direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be - automatically deduced at run-time. - STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses - STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses - STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown - */ -#undef STACK_DIRECTION - -/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */ -#define STDC_HEADERS 1 - -/* Define if `sys_siglist' is declared by <signal.h>. */ -#define SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED 1 - -#undef M_DEBUG -#undef M_GUARD -#define PRINTABLE_OS_NAME "RISC OS" - -/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */ -#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1 - -#define LOCALEDIR "" - -/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */ -#define ENABLE_NLS 1 - -/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */ -#undef HAVE_CATGETS - -/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */ -#undef HAVE_GETTEXT - -#undef BIG_ENDIAN_HOST -#define LITTLE_ENDIAN_HOST 1 - -#undef HAVE_BYTE_TYPEDEF -#undef HAVE_USHORT_TYPEDEF -#undef HAVE_ULONG_TYPEDEF -#undef HAVE_U16_TYPEDEF -#undef HAVE_U32_TYPEDEF - -#undef HAVE_BROKEN_MLOCK - -/* defined if we have a /dev/random and /dev/urandom */ -#undef HAVE_DEV_RANDOM -/* and the real names of the random devices */ -#undef NAME_OF_DEV_RANDOM -#undef NAME_OF_DEV_URANDOM -/* Linux has an ioctl */ -#undef HAVE_DEV_RANDOM_IOCTL - -/* see cipher/rndegd.c */ -#undef EGD_SOCKET_NAME - -#undef USE_DYNAMIC_LINKING -#undef HAVE_DL_DLOPEN -#undef HAVE_DL_SHL_LOAD -#undef HAVE_DLD_DLD_LINK - -#undef USE_SHM_COPROCESSING - -#undef IPC_HAVE_SHM_LOCK -#undef IPC_RMID_DEFERRED_RELEASE - -/* set this to limit filenames to the 8.3 format */ -#undef USE_ONLY_8DOT3 -/* defined if we must run on a stupid file system */ -#undef HAVE_DRIVE_LETTERS -/* defined if we run on some of the PCDOS like systems (DOS, Windoze. OS/2) - * with special properties like no file modes */ -#undef HAVE_DOSISH_SYSTEM -/* because the Unix gettext has to much overhead on MingW32 systems - * and these systems lack Posix functions, we use a simplified version - * of gettext */ -#undef USE_SIMPLE_GETTEXT -/* At some point in the system we need to know that we use the Windows - * random module. */ -#undef USE_STATIC_RNDW32 - -#undef USE_CAPABILITIES - -/* Some systems have mkdir that takes a single argument. */ -#undef MKDIR_TAKES_ONE_ARG - -/* The number of bytes in a unsigned int. */ -#define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_INT 4 - -/* The number of bytes in a unsigned long. */ -#define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG 4 - -/* The number of bytes in a unsigned long long. */ -/* Is defined later on */ -/* #define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG 0 */ - -/* The number of bytes in a unsigned short. */ -#define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_SHORT 2 - -/* Define if you have the __argz_count function. */ -#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT - -/* Define if you have the __argz_next function. */ -#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT - -/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function. */ -#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY - -/* Define if you have the atexit function. */ -#define HAVE_ATEXIT 1 - -/* Define if you have the clock_gettime function. */ -#undef HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME - -/* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */ -#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT - -/* Define if you have the dlopen function. */ -#undef HAVE_DLOPEN - -/* Define if you have the fopen64 function. */ -#undef HAVE_FOPEN64 - -/* Define if you have the fstat64 function. */ -#undef HAVE_FSTAT64 - -/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */ -#define HAVE_GETCWD 1 - -/* Define if you have the gethrtime function. */ -#undef HAVE_GETHRTIME - -/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */ -#define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1 - -/* Define if you have the getrusage function. */ -#define HAVE_GETRUSAGE 1 - -/* Define if you have the gettimeofday function. */ -#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1 - -/* Define if you have the memicmp function. */ -#undef HAVE_MEMICMP - -/* Define if you have the memmove function. */ -#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1 - -/* Define if you have the mlock function. */ -#undef HAVE_MLOCK - -/* Define if you have the mmap function. */ -#undef HAVE_MMAP - -/* Define if you have the munmap function. */ -#undef HAVE_MUNMAP - -/* Define if you have the nl_langinfo function. */ -#undef HAVE_NL_LANGINFO - -/* Define if you have the putenv function. */ -#define HAVE_PUTENV 1 - -/* Define if you have the raise function. */ -#define HAVE_RAISE 1 - -/* Define if you have the rand function. */ -#define HAVE_RAND 1 - -/* Define if you have the setenv function. */ -#define HAVE_SETENV 1 - -/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */ -#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1 - -/* Define if you have the setrlimit function. */ -#define HAVE_SETRLIMIT 1 - -/* Define if you have the sigaction function. */ -#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1 - -/* Define if you have the sigprocmask function. */ -#define HAVE_SIGPROCMASK 1 - -/* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */ -#define HAVE_STPCPY 1 - -/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */ -#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 - -/* Define if you have the strchr function. */ -#define HAVE_STRCHR 1 - -/* Define if you have the strdup function. */ -#define HAVE_STRDUP 1 - -/* Define if you have the strerror function. */ -#define HAVE_STRERROR 1 - -/* Define if you have the strftime function. */ -#define HAVE_STRFTIME 1 - -/* Define if you have the stricmp function. */ -#define HAVE_STRICMP 1 - -/* Define if you have the strlwr function. */ -#undef HAVE_STRLWR - -/* Define if you have the strtoul function. */ -#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1 - -/* Define if you have the strsep function. */ -#define HAVE_STRSEP 1 - -/* Define if you have the tcgetattr function. */ -#undef HAVE_TCGETATTR - -/* Define if you have the wait4 function. */ -#define HAVE_WAIT4 1 - -/* Define if you have the waitpid function. */ -#define HAVE_WAITPID 1 - -/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H - -/* Define if you have the <direct.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_DIRECT_H - -/* Define if you have the <gdbm.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_GDBM_H - -/* Define if you have the <langinfo.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_H - -/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */ -#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1 - -/* Define if you have the <linux/random.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_LINUX_RANDOM_H - -/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */ -#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1 - -/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */ -#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1 - -/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H - -/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */ -#define HAVE_STRING_H 1 - -/* Define if you have the <sys/capability.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_SYS_CAPABILITY_H - -/* Define if you have the <sys/ipc.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_SYS_IPC_H - -/* Define if you have the <sys/mman.h> header file. */ -#define HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H 1 - -/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */ -#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1 - -/* Define if you have the <sys/shm.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_SYS_SHM_H - -/* Define if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ -#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1 - -/* Define if you have the <termio.h> header file. */ -#undef HAVE_TERMIO_H - -/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ -#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 - -/* Define if you have the <zlib.h> header file. */ -#define HAVE_ZLIB_H 1 - -/* Define if you have the dl library (-ldl). */ -#undef HAVE_LIBDL - -/* Define if you have the dld library (-ldld). */ -#undef HAVE_LIBDLD - -/* Define if you have the gdbm library (-lgdbm). */ -#undef HAVE_LIBGDBM - -/* Define if you have the i library (-li). */ -#undef HAVE_LIBI - -/* Define if you have the nsl library (-lnsl). */ -#undef HAVE_LIBNSL - -/* Define if you have the rt library (-lrt). */ -#undef HAVE_LIBRT - -/* Name of package */ -#define PACKAGE "GnuPG" - - -/* define if compiled symbols have a leading underscore */ -#define WITH_SYMBOL_UNDERSCORE 1 - -#define HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT 1 -#define HAVE_ULONG_TYPEDEF 1 -#define HAVE_USHORT_TYPEDEF 1 -#define HAVE_TIMES 1 -#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H�1 -#define HAVE_FSEEKO 1 -#define HAVE_GETOPT_H 1 -#define HAVE_SIGSET_T 1 -#define HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION 1 -#define HAVE_ICONV 0 - -#ifndef __set_errno -#define __set_errno(val) (errno = (val), -1) -#endif - -/* RISC OS specifica */ -#if (__CC_NORCROFT == 1) /* Norcroft */ -# undef __GNUC__ -# define __GNUC_MINOR__ 0 -# define __GLIBC__ 0 - -# if (__CC_NORCROFT_VERSION < 544) /* old version of Norcroft */ -# define inline __inline -# define STR(a) #a -# define __func__ "[" __FILE__ ":" STR(__LINE__) "]" -# define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG 0 -# else -# define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG 8 -# endif -#else /* gcc */ -# define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG 8 -#endif - -#define HAVE_LDAP_GET_OPTION 1 -#undef USE_ZLIBRISCOS -#define USE_DNS_SRV 1 -#define USE_RNDRISCOS 1 -#define USE_RSA 1 -#define USE_CAST5 1 -#define USE_BLOWFISH 1 -#define USE_AES 1 -#define USE_TWOFISH 1 -#define USE_SHA256 1 -#if SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG == 8 -# define USE_SHA512 -#endif - -#ifdef IS_DEVELOPMENT_VERSION -# define DEBUG 1 -/*# define M_DEBUG */ -# define M_GUARD 1 -# define USE_IDEA 1 -#endif - -#include "g10defs.h" - -#endif /*G10_CONFIG_H*/ diff --git a/scripts/conf-riscos/include/g10defs.h b/scripts/conf-riscos/include/g10defs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 679969751..000000000 --- a/scripts/conf-riscos/include/g10defs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -/* g10defs.h - hand edited by Stefan Bellon to suit RISC OS needs - * Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - * - * This file is part of GNUPG. - * - * GNUPG is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * GNUPG is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, - * USA. - */ - -/* Path variables and filing system constants for RISC OS */ -#define G10_LOCALEDIR "<GnuPG$Dir>.locale" -#define GNUPG_LIBDIR "<GnuPG$Dir>" -#define GNUPG_LIBEXECDIR "<GnuPG$Dir>" -#define GNUPG_DATADIR "<GnuPG$Dir>" -#define GNUPG_HOMEDIR "<GnuPGUser$Dir>" -#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH "<GnuPG$Dir>.locale" -#define GNULOCALEDIR "<GnuPG$Dir>.locale" -#define DIRSEP_C '.' -#define EXTSEP_C '/' -#define DIRSEP_S "." -#define EXTSEP_S "/" -#define SAFE_VERSION_DOT '/' -#define SAFE_VERSION_DASH '-' - -/* This file defines some basic constants for the MPI machinery. We - * need to define the types on a per-CPU basis, so it is done with - * this file here. */ -#define BYTES_PER_MPI_LIMB (SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG) - -/* External process spawning mechanism */ -#if !(defined(HAVE_FORK) && defined(HAVE_PIPE) && defined(HAVE_WAITPID)) -#define EXEC_TEMPFILE_ONLY 1 -#endif diff --git a/scripts/conf-w32/README b/scripts/conf-w32/README deleted file mode 100644 index 12b89c06d..000000000 --- a/scripts/conf-w32/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -Files useful for building W32 versions. - diff --git a/scripts/conf-w32/bzip2-1.diff b/scripts/conf-w32/bzip2-1.diff deleted file mode 100644 index 60036d07f..000000000 --- a/scripts/conf-w32/bzip2-1.diff +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -To include support for BZIP2 compression in GunPG for W32, the patch -below should be applied to a stock bzip2-1.0.2 source. The Build as -usual using the mingw32 cross compiler package from Debian and install -the library and header file on top of the cross compiler installation -(/usr/i586-mingw32msvc/lib/). Note that for ease of maintenance we -don't use a DLL. [wk 2005-03-14] - - -diff -u orig/bzip2-1.0.2/Makefile bzip2-1.0.2/Makefile ---- orig/bzip2-1.0.2/Makefile 2002-01-26 00:34:53.000000000 +0100 -+++ bzip2-1.0.2/Makefile 2004-11-03 14:10:45.000000000 +0100 -@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ - SHELL=/bin/sh - - # To assist in cross-compiling --CC=gcc --AR=ar --RANLIB=ranlib -+CC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc -+AR=i586-mingw32msvc-ar -+RANLIB=i586-mingw32msvc-ranlib - LDFLAGS= - - # Suitably paranoid flags to avoid bugs in gcc-2.7 -diff -u orig/bzip2-1.0.2/bzlib.h bzip2-1.0.2/bzlib.h ---- orig/bzip2-1.0.2/bzlib.h 2001-12-30 03:19:45.000000000 +0100 -+++ bzip2-1.0.2/bzlib.h 2004-11-03 14:32:41.000000000 +0100 -@@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ - /* Need a definitition for FILE */ - #include <stdio.h> - --#ifdef _WIN32 -+#if defined( _WIN32 ) && 0 - # include <windows.h> - # ifdef small - /* windows.h define small to char */ - - - diff --git a/scripts/config.guess b/scripts/config.guess index c38553dc7..a4929a979 100755 --- a/scripts/config.guess +++ b/scripts/config.guess @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ #! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -timestamp='2006-02-23' +timestamp='2004-08-13' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -17,15 +17,14 @@ timestamp='2006-02-23' # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA.. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - # Originally written by Per Bothner <[email protected]>. # Please send patches to <[email protected]>. Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. @@ -55,7 +54,7 @@ version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO @@ -68,11 +67,11 @@ Try \`$me --help' for more information." while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) - echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; + echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; --version | -v ) - echo "$version" ; exit ;; + echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; --help | --h* | -h ) - echo "$usage"; exit ;; + echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. @@ -106,7 +105,7 @@ set_cc_for_build=' trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; : ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; - { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || + { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; @@ -125,7 +124,7 @@ case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; -esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;' +esac ;' # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # ([email protected] 1994-08-24) @@ -198,23 +197,55 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; + amd64:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + cats:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo arm-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + luna88k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + macppc:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + sgi:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo mips64-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + sun3:OpenBSD:*:*) + echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) - UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; *:ekkoBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:SolidBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; macppc:MirBSD:*:*) echo powerppc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:MirBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) case $UNAME_RELEASE in *4.0) @@ -267,43 +298,37 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead # of the specific Alpha model? echo alpha-pc-interix - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 - exit ;; + exit 0;; *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:OS/390:*:*) echo i370-ibm-openedition - exit ;; - *:z/VM:*:*) - echo s390-ibm-zvmoe - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:OS400:*:*) echo powerpc-ibm-os400 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) - echo arm-unknown-riscos - exit ;; + exit 0;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp - exit ;; + exit 0;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) # [email protected] (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then @@ -311,32 +336,32 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in else echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd fi - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; NILE*:*:*:dcosx) echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) echo sparc-icl-nx6 - exit ;; - DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) + exit 0 ;; + DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7*) case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in - sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; + sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;; esac ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*) echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in Series*|S4*) @@ -345,10 +370,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 @@ -360,10 +385,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} ;; esac - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor @@ -374,40 +399,40 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; m68k:machten:*:*) echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c @@ -431,33 +456,32 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in exit (-1); } EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && - dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && - SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` && - { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \ + && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \ + && exit 0 echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-motorola-powermax - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powermax - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) echo powerpc-harris-powerunix - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) echo m88k-harris-cxux7 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` @@ -473,29 +497,29 @@ EOF else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) echo m68k-tektronix-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. - echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id - exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' + echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id + exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i*86:AIX:*:*) echo i386-ibm-aix - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; ia64:AIX:*:*) if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` @@ -503,7 +527,7 @@ EOF IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then eval $set_cc_for_build @@ -518,18 +542,14 @@ EOF exit(0); } EOF - if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` - then - echo "$SYSTEM_NAME" - else - echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 - fi + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 + echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:[45]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then @@ -543,28 +563,28 @@ EOF IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to - exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 + exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) echo rs6000-bull-bosx - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) echo m68k-bull-sysv3 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in @@ -626,19 +646,9 @@ EOF esac if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] then - eval $set_cc_for_build - - # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating - # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler - # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: - # - # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess - # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 - # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess - # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 - - if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | - grep __LP64__ >/dev/null + # avoid double evaluation of $set_cc_for_build + test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" || eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E -) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null then HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" else @@ -646,11 +656,11 @@ EOF fi fi echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c @@ -678,177 +688,152 @@ EOF exit (0); } EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && - { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } + $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0 echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) echo hppa1.1-hp-osf - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) echo hppa1.0-hp-osf - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:OSF1:*:*) if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 fi - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hp-lites - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:BSD/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) - case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in - pc98) - echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; - *) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; - esac - exit ;; + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` + exit 0 ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 - exit ;; - i*:MSYS_NT-*:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 - exit ;; - i*:windows32*:*) - # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 - exit ;; - x86:Interix*:[345]*) - echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - EM64T:Interix*:[345]*) - echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; + x86:Interix*:[34]*) + echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//' + exit 0 ;; [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? echo i586-pc-interix - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*:UWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin - exit ;; - amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) - echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; p*:CYGWIN*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:GNU:*:*) # the GNU system echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:GNU/*:*:*) # other systems with GNU libc and userland echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; cris:Linux:*:*) echo cris-axis-linux-gnu - exit ;; - crisv32:Linux:*:*) - echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu - exit ;; - frv:Linux:*:*) - echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; m32r*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; mips:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c @@ -865,12 +850,8 @@ EOF #endif #endif EOF - eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' - /^CPU/{ - s: ::g - p - }'`" - test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` + test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 ;; mips64:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build @@ -888,22 +869,15 @@ EOF #endif #endif EOF - eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' - /^CPU/{ - s: ::g - p - }'`" - test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=` + test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0 ;; - or32:Linux:*:*) - echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; ppc64:Linux:*:*) echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; @@ -917,7 +891,7 @@ EOF objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in @@ -925,28 +899,25 @@ EOF PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; esac - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; sh64*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - vax:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:Linux:*:*) # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent @@ -964,15 +935,15 @@ EOF ;; a.out-i386-linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; coff-i386) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; "") # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or # one that does not give us useful --help. echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; esac # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf eval $set_cc_for_build @@ -989,7 +960,7 @@ EOF LIBC=gnulibc1 # endif #else - #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__sun) + #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER LIBC=gnu #else LIBC=gnuaout @@ -999,23 +970,16 @@ EOF LIBC=dietlibc #endif EOF - eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' - /^LIBC/{ - s: ::g - p - }'`" - test x"${LIBC}" != x && { - echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" - exit - } - test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; } + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=` + test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0 + test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0 ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both # sysname and nodename. echo i386-sequent-sysv4 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... @@ -1023,27 +987,27 @@ EOF # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility # is probably installed. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:atheos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos - exit ;; - i*86:syllable:*:*) + exit 0 ;; + i*86:syllable:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then @@ -1051,16 +1015,15 @@ EOF else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} fi - exit ;; - i*86:*:5:[678]*) - # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. + exit 0 ;; + i*86:*:5:[78]*) case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; esac echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i*86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name` @@ -1078,73 +1041,73 @@ EOF else echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; paragon:*:*:*) echo i860-intel-osf1 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" echo m68010-convergent-sysv - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) echo m68k-convergent-sysv - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) echo m68k-diab-dnix - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) - test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; + test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ - && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; + && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; + && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) echo m68k-atari-sysv4 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) echo mips-sni-sysv4 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` @@ -1152,72 +1115,69 @@ EOF else echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says <[email protected]> echo i586-unisys-sysv4 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes <[email protected]>. # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From [email protected]. echo i860-stratus-sysv4 - exit ;; - i*86:VOS:*:*) - # From [email protected]. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:VOS:*:*) # From [email protected]. echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. echo powerpc-be-beos - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. echo powerpc-apple-beos - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-beos - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:Rhapsody:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:Darwin:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in + *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;; unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; esac echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then @@ -1225,25 +1185,22 @@ EOF UNAME_MACHINE=pc fi echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx - exit ;; - NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) - echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) echo mips-compaq-nonstopux - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) echo bs2000-siemens-sysv - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:Plan9:*:*) # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 @@ -1254,47 +1211,38 @@ EOF UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:TENEX:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tenex - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-dec-tops20 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:TOPS-20:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:ITS:*:*) echo pdp10-unknown-its - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; SEI:*:*:SEIUX) echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:DragonFly:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; *:*VMS:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in - A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; - I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; - V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;; - esac ;; - *:XENIX:*:SysV) - echo i386-pc-xenix - exit ;; - i*86:skyos:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//' - exit ;; - i*86:rdos:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos - exit ;; + A*) echo alpha-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; + I*) echo ia64-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; + V*) echo vax-dec-vms && exit 0 ;; + esac esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 @@ -1326,7 +1274,7 @@ main () #endif #if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) - printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0); + printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) @@ -1415,12 +1363,11 @@ main () } EOF -$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && - { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } +$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && exit 0 # Apollos put the system type in the environment. -test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; } +test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; } # Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) @@ -1429,22 +1376,22 @@ then case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in c1*) echo c1-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; c2*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; c34*) echo c34-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; c38*) echo c38-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; c4*) echo c4-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit 0 ;; esac fi @@ -1455,9 +1402,7 @@ This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize the operating system you are using. It is advised that you download the most up to date version of the config scripts from - http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.guess -and - http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.sub + ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/config/ If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please send the following data and any information you think might be diff --git a/scripts/config.rpath b/scripts/config.rpath index 3f1bef34a..4db13e50f 100755 --- a/scripts/config.rpath +++ b/scripts/config.rpath @@ -2,13 +2,28 @@ # Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the # run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. # -# Copyright 1996-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <[email protected]>, 1996 # -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # # The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM @@ -35,8 +50,6 @@ host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` -cc_basename=`echo "$CC" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'` - # Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC. wl= @@ -47,13 +60,6 @@ else aix*) wl='-Wl,' ;; - darwin*) - case "$cc_basename" in - xlc*) - wl='-Wl,' - ;; - esac - ;; mingw* | pw32* | os2*) ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) @@ -65,19 +71,13 @@ else newsos6) ;; linux*) - case $cc_basename in - icc* | ecc*) - wl='-Wl,' - ;; - pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90) + case $CC in + icc|ecc) wl='-Wl,' ;; - ccc*) + ccc) wl='-Wl,' ;; - como) - wl='-lopt=' - ;; esac ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) @@ -96,9 +96,6 @@ else ;; sysv4*MP*) ;; - unicos*) - wl='-Wl,' - ;; uts4*) ;; esac @@ -141,7 +138,7 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the - # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use + # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use # them. ld_shlibs=no ;; @@ -176,13 +173,6 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then sunos4*) hardcode_direct=yes ;; - linux*) - if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then - : - else - ld_shlibs=no - fi - ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : @@ -276,7 +266,7 @@ else # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section ld_shlibs=no ;; - bsdi[45]*) + bsdi4*) ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using @@ -287,17 +277,8 @@ else libext=lib ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) - hardcode_direct=no - if test "$GCC" = yes ; then - : - else - case "$cc_basename" in - xlc*) - ;; - *) - ld_shlibs=no - ;; - esac + if $CC -v 2>&1 | grep 'Apple' >/dev/null ; then + hardcode_direct=no fi ;; dgux*) @@ -314,7 +295,7 @@ else hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; - freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) + freebsd*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes ;; @@ -457,7 +438,7 @@ case "$host_os" in ;; beos*) ;; - bsdi[45]*) + bsdi4*) ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) shrext=.dll @@ -469,8 +450,6 @@ case "$host_os" in ;; freebsd1*) ;; - kfreebsd*-gnu) - ;; freebsd*) ;; gnu*) @@ -507,13 +486,11 @@ case "$host_os" in ;; linux*) ;; - knetbsd*-gnu) - ;; netbsd*) ;; newsos6) ;; - nto-qnx*) + nto-qnx) ;; openbsd*) ;; @@ -542,7 +519,7 @@ escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'` escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` -LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF +sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF # How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. wl="$escaped_wl" diff --git a/scripts/config.sub b/scripts/config.sub index ad9f39571..ac6de9869 100755 --- a/scripts/config.sub +++ b/scripts/config.sub @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ #! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -timestamp='2006-02-23' +timestamp='2004-06-24' # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software @@ -21,15 +21,14 @@ timestamp='2006-02-23' # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. -# +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - # Please send patches to <[email protected]>. Submit a context # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. # @@ -71,7 +70,7 @@ Report bugs and patches to <[email protected]>." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 +Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO @@ -84,11 +83,11 @@ Try \`$me --help' for more information." while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) - echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; + echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; --version | -v ) - echo "$version" ; exit ;; + echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; --help | --h* | -h ) - echo "$usage"; exit ;; + echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. @@ -100,7 +99,7 @@ while test $# -gt 0 ; do *local*) # First pass through any local machine types. echo $1 - exit ;; + exit 0;; * ) break ;; @@ -119,9 +118,8 @@ esac # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in - nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \ - uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ - storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | \ + kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; @@ -172,10 +170,6 @@ case $os in -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; - -sco6) - os=-sco5v6 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; -sco5) os=-sco3.2v5 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` @@ -192,10 +186,6 @@ case $os in # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; - -sco5v6*) - # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; -sco*) os=-sco3.2v2 basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` @@ -241,14 +231,13 @@ case $basic_machine in | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ | am33_2.0 \ | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \ - | bfin \ | c4x | clipper \ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ | fr30 | frv \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ | ip2k | iq2000 \ - | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore \ + | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ | mips16 \ | mips64 | mips64el \ @@ -257,7 +246,6 @@ case $basic_machine in | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ - | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ @@ -266,29 +254,23 @@ case $basic_machine in | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mn10200 | mn10300 \ - | mt \ | msp430 \ - | nios | nios2 \ | ns16k | ns32k \ - | or32 \ + | openrisc | or32 \ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ | pyramid \ - | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ + | sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ | sh64 | sh64le \ - | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ - | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \ + | sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \ | strongarm \ | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ | v850 | v850e \ | we32k \ - | x86 | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ + | x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \ | z8k) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; - m32c) - basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown - ;; m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) # Motorola 68HC11/12. basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown @@ -296,9 +278,6 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) ;; - ms1) - basic_machine=mt-unknown - ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and @@ -319,7 +298,7 @@ case $basic_machine in | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ | avr-* \ - | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ + | bs2000-* \ | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ @@ -331,7 +310,7 @@ case $basic_machine in | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ - | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \ + | m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ | mips16-* \ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ @@ -340,7 +319,6 @@ case $basic_machine in | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ - | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ @@ -349,32 +327,27 @@ case $basic_machine in | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ | mmix-* \ - | mt-* \ | msp430-* \ - | nios-* | nios2-* \ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ | orion-* \ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ | pyramid-* \ | romp-* | rs6000-* \ - | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \ + | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ - | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ - | sparclite-* \ + | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ | tron-* \ | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ | we32k-* \ - | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ - | xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \ + | x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \ + | xtensa-* \ | ymp-* \ | z8k-*) ;; - m32c-*) - ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. 386bsd) @@ -484,9 +457,6 @@ case $basic_machine in crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; - crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) - basic_machine=crisv32-axis - ;; cris | cris-* | etrax*) basic_machine=cris-axis ;; @@ -516,10 +486,6 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; - djgpp) - basic_machine=i586-pc - os=-msdosdjgpp - ;; dpx20 | dpx20-*) basic_machine=rs6000-bull os=-bosx @@ -710,9 +676,6 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i386-pc os=-msdos ;; - ms1-*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` - ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs @@ -788,8 +751,9 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki os=-proelf ;; - openrisc | openrisc-*) + or32 | or32-*) basic_machine=or32-unknown + os=-coff ;; os400) basic_machine=powerpc-ibm @@ -820,12 +784,6 @@ case $basic_machine in pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; - pc98) - basic_machine=i386-pc - ;; - pc98-*) - basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; @@ -882,10 +840,6 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i586-unknown os=-pw32 ;; - rdos) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-rdos - ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff @@ -1072,10 +1026,6 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond os=-proelf ;; - xbox) - basic_machine=i686-pc - os=-mingw32 - ;; xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; @@ -1125,9 +1075,12 @@ case $basic_machine in we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; - sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) + sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; + sh64) + basic_machine=sh64-unknown + ;; sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; @@ -1201,23 +1154,20 @@ case $os in | -aos* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ - | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ - | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ + | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* \ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ - | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ - | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ + | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-uclibc* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ - | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ - | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos*) + | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) @@ -1235,7 +1185,7 @@ case $os in os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ - | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \ + | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \ | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) ;; -mac*) @@ -1344,9 +1294,6 @@ case $os in -kaos*) os=-kaos ;; - -zvmoe) - os=-zvmoe - ;; -none) ;; *) @@ -1424,9 +1371,6 @@ case $basic_machine in *-be) os=-beos ;; - *-haiku) - os=-haiku - ;; *-ibm) os=-aix ;; @@ -1598,7 +1542,7 @@ case $basic_machine in esac echo $basic_machine$os -exit +exit 0 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) diff --git a/scripts/depcomp b/scripts/depcomp index eed3cc9f8..aea3d0078 100755 --- a/scripts/depcomp +++ b/scripts/depcomp @@ -1,9 +1,7 @@ #! /bin/sh -# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects - -scriptversion=2004-05-31.23 -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects +# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -17,8 +15,8 @@ scriptversion=2004-05-31.23 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA +# 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -27,45 +25,22 @@ scriptversion=2004-05-31.23 # Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <[email protected]>. -case $1 in - '') - echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 - exit 1; - ;; - -h | --h*) - cat <<\EOF -Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] - -Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies -as side-effects. - -Environment variables: - depmode Dependency tracking mode. - source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. - object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. - DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. - depfile Dependency file to output. - tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. - libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). - -Report bugs to <[email protected]>. -EOF - exit 0 - ;; - -v | --v*) - echo "depcomp $scriptversion" - exit 0 - ;; -esac - if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 exit 1 fi +# `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'. + +if test -z "$depfile"; then + base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's,\.\([^.]*\)$,.P\1,'` + dir=`echo "$object" | sed 's,/.*$,/,'` + if test "$dir" = "$object"; then + dir= + fi + # FIXME: should be _deps on DOS. + depfile="$dir.deps/$base" +fi -# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. -depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | - sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} rm -f "$tmpdepfile" @@ -197,25 +172,19 @@ sgi) aix) # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies - # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the - # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the - # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. - # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. - stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'` + # in a .u file. This file always lives in the current directory. + # Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the start of each line; + # $object doesn't have directory information. + stripped=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'` tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" + outname="$stripped.o" if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" -Wc,-M else "$@" -M fi - stat=$? - - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then : - else - stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'` - tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" - fi + stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else rm -f "$tmpdepfile" @@ -223,7 +192,6 @@ aix) fi if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - outname="$stripped.o" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. @@ -287,40 +255,31 @@ tru64) base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` if test "$libtool" = yes; then - # Dependencies are output in .lo.d with libtool 1.4. - # With libtool 1.5 they are output both in $dir.libs/$base.o.d - # and in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and $dir$base.o.d. We process the - # latter, because the former will be cleaned when $dir.libs is - # erased. tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d" - tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.o.d" - tmpdepfile3="$dir.libs/$base.d" + tmpdepfile2="$dir.libs/$base.d" "$@" -Wc,-MD else tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d" tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d" - tmpdepfile3="$dir$base.d" "$@" -MD fi stat=$? if test $stat -eq 0; then : else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" exit $stat fi if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1" - elif test -f "$tmpdepfile2"; then - tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2" else - tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile3" + tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2" fi if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # That's a tab and a space in the []. - sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + # That's a space and a tab in the []. + sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" fi @@ -333,7 +292,7 @@ tru64) dashmstdout) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. + # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. @@ -429,7 +388,7 @@ makedepend) cpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. + # always write the proprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. @@ -471,7 +430,7 @@ cpp) msvisualcpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, + # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, # because we must use -o when running libtool. "$@" || exit $? IFS=" " @@ -511,12 +470,3 @@ none) esac exit 0 - -# Local Variables: -# mode: shell-script -# sh-indentation: 2 -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" -# End: diff --git a/scripts/distfiles b/scripts/distfiles deleted file mode 100644 index 39c3a9146..000000000 --- a/scripts/distfiles +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -mkdiff -build-w32 -gnupg.spec.in -autogen.sh -mk-gpg-texi -mk-w32-dist -w32installer.nsi diff --git a/scripts/gnupg.spec.in b/scripts/gnupg.spec.in deleted file mode 100644 index d4457cb12..000000000 --- a/scripts/gnupg.spec.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,212 +0,0 @@ -# -# gnupg -- gnu privacy guard -# This is a template. The dist target uses it to create the real file. -# -%define version @pkg_version@ -%define name gnupg -Summary: GNU Utility for data encryption and digital signatures -Summary(it): Utility GNU per la sicurezza nelle comunicazioni e nell'archiviazione dei dati. -Summary(cs): GNU n�stroj pro �ifrovanou komunikaci a bezpe�n� ukl�d�n� dat -Summary(fr): Utilitaire GNU de chiffrement et d'authentification des communications et des donn�es -Summary(pl): Narzedzie GNU do szyfrowania i podpisywania danych -Vendor: GNU Privacy Guard Project -Name: %{name} -Version: %{version} -Release: 1 -Copyright: GPL -Group: Applications/Cryptography -Group(cs): Aplikace/�ifrov�n� -Group(fr): Applications/Cryptographie -Group(it): Applicazioni/Crittografia -Source: ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/gnupg/%{name}-%{version}.tar.gz -URL: http://www.gnupg.org/ -Provides: gpg openpgp -Requires(post,preun): /sbin/install-info -BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/rpmbuild_%{name}-%{version} - -%changelog -* Sun Aug 21 2005 David Shaw <[email protected]> -- Distribute gpg-zip. - -* Fri Apr 22 2005 David Shaw <[email protected]> -- No longer any need to override libexecdir. The makefiles now - calculate this correctly internally. - -* Wed Feb 16 2005 David Shaw <[email protected]> -- Fix problem with storing the gpgkeys helpers in libexec, but calling - them in libexec/gnupg. - -* Wed Jul 30 2003 David Shaw <[email protected]> -- Rework much of the spec to use %-macros throughout. -- Fix to work properly with RPM 4.1 (all files in buildroot must be packaged) -- Package and install info files. -- Tweak the English description. -- There is no need to install gpgv and gpgsplit setuid root. - -* Sat Nov 30 2002 David Shaw <[email protected]> -- Add convert-from-106 script - -* Sat Oct 26 2002 David Shaw <[email protected]> -- Use new path for keyserver helpers. -- /usr/lib is no longer used for cipher/hash plugins. -- Include gpgv, gpgsplit, and the new gnupg.7 man page. - -* Fri Apr 19 2002 David Shaw <[email protected]> -- Removed OPTIONS and pubring.asc - no longer used -- Added doc/samplekeys.asc - -* Sun Mar 31 2002 David Shaw <[email protected]> -- Added the gpgkeys_xxx keyserver helpers. -- Added a * to catch variations on the basic gpg man page (gpg, gpgv). -- Mark options.skel as a config file. -- Do not include the FAQ/faq.html twice (in /doc/ and /share/). - -* Wed Sep 06 2000 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- Added Polish description and summary (Kindly provided by - Lukasz Stelmach <[email protected]>) - -* Thu Jul 13 2000 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- Added a * to catch all formats for man pages (plain, gz, bz2...) - -* Mon May 01 2000 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- Some corrections in French description, thanks to Ga�l Qu�ri - <[email protected]>; Some corrections to Italian descriptions. - -* Tue Apr 25 2000 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- Removed the no longer needed patch for man page by Keith Owens - -* Wed Mar 1 2000 Petr Kri�tof <[email protected]> -- Czech descriptions added; some fixes and updates. - -* Sat Jan 15 2000 Keith Owens <[email protected]> -- Add missing man page as separate patch instead of updating the tar file. - -* Mon Dec 27 1999 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- Upgraded for 1.0.1 (added missing gpg.1 man page) - -* Sat May 29 1999 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- Some corrections in French description, thanks to Ga�l Qu�ri <[email protected]> - -* Mon May 17 1999 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- Added French description, provided by - Christophe Labouisse <[email protected]> - -* Thu May 06 1999 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- Upgraded for 0.9.6 (removed gpgm) - -* Tue Jan 12 1999 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- LINGUAS variable is now unset in configure to ensure that all languages will be built. (Thanks to Luca Olivetti <[email protected]>) - -* Sat Jan 02 1999 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- Added pl language file. -- Included g10/pubring.asc in documentation files. - -* Sat Dec 19 1998 Fabio Coatti <[email protected]> -- Modified the spec file provided by Caskey L. Dickson <caskey-at-technocage.com> -- Now it can be built also by non-root. Installation has to be done as - root, gpg is suid. -- Added some changes by Ross Golder <[email protected]> -- Updates for version 0.4.5 of GnuPG (.mo files) - -%description - -GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard) is a GNU utility for encrypting data and -creating digital signatures. GnuPG has advanced key management -capabilities and is compliant with the proposed OpenPGP Internet -standard described in RFC-2440. Since GnuPG doesn't use any patented -algorithms, it is not compatible with some versions of PGP 2 which use -only the patented IDEA algorithm. See -http://www.gnupg.org/why-not-idea.html for information on using IDEA -if the patent does not apply to you and you need to be compatible with -these versions of PGP 2. - -%description -l it -GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard) � una utility GNU per la cifratura di dati e -la creazione di firme digitali. Possiede una gestione avanzata delle -chiavi ed � conforme allo standard Internet OpenPGP, descritto nella -RFC 2440. Non utilizzando algoritmi brevettati, non � compatibile con -PGP2 (PGP2.x usa solo IDEA, coperto da brevetto mondiale, ed RSA, -brevettato negli USA con scadenza 20/09/2000). Questi algoritmi sono -utilizzabili da GnuPG tramite moduli esterni. - -%description -l fr -GnuPG est un utilitaire GNU destin� � chiffrer des donn�es et � cr�er -des signatures �lectroniques. Il a des capacit�s avanc�es de gestion de -cl�s et il est conforme � la norme propos�e OpenPGP d�crite dans la -RFC2440. Comme GnuPG n'utilise pas d'algorithme brevet�, il n'est -compatible avec aucune version de PGP2 (PGP2.x ne sait utiliser que -l'IDEA brevet� dans le monde entier et RSA, brevet� aux �tats-Unis -jusqu'au 20 septembre 2000). - -%description -l cs -GnuPG je GNU n�stroj pro bezpe�nou komunikaci a ukl�d�n� dat. M��e b�t -pou�it na �ifrov�n� dat a vytv��en� digit�ln�ch podpis�. Obsahuje -funkce pro pokro�ilou spr�vu kl��� a vyhovuje navrhovan�mu OpenPGP -Internet standardu podle RFC2440. Byl vytvo�en jako kompletn� -n�hrada za PGP. Proto�e neobsahuje �ifrovac� algoritmy IDEA nebo RSA, -m��e b�t pou��v�n bez omezen�. -Proto�e GnuPG nepou��v� ��dn� patentovan� algoritmus, nem��e b�t �pln� -kompatibiln� s PGP verze 2. PGP 2.x pou��v� algoritmy IDEA (patentov�no -celosv�tov�) a RSA (patentov�no ve Spojen�ch st�tech do 20. z��� -2000). Tyto algoritmy lze zav�st do GnuPG pomoc� extern�ch modul�. - -%description -l pl -GnuPG (GNU Privacy Guard) jest nazedziem do szfrowania danych i tworzenia -cyfrowych podpis�w. GnuPG posiada zaawansowane mozliwosci obslugi kluczy -i jest zgodne z OpenPGP, proponowanym standardem internetowym opisanym -w RFC2440. Poniewaz GnuPG nie uzywa zadnych opatentowanych algorytm�w -nie jest wiec zgodne z jaka kolwiek wersja PGP2 (PGP2.x kozysta jedynie -z algorytm�w: IDEA, opatentowanego na calym swiecie, oraz RSA, kt�rego -patent na terenie Stan�w Zjednoczonych wygasa 20 wrzesnia 2000). - -%prep -rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT - -%setup - -%build -if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then - unset LINGUAS -fi -%configure --program-prefix=%{?_program_prefix:%{_program_prefix}} -make - -%install -%makeinstall -%find_lang %{name} -rm %{buildroot}%{_datadir}/%{name}/FAQ -rm %{buildroot}%{_datadir}/%{name}/faq.html -rm -f %{buildroot}%{_infodir}/dir - -%files -f %{name}.lang -%defattr (-,root,root) - -%doc INSTALL AUTHORS COPYING NEWS README THANKS TODO PROJECTS doc/DETAILS -%doc doc/FAQ doc/faq.html doc/HACKING doc/OpenPGP doc/samplekeys.asc -%doc %attr (0755,root,root) tools/convert-from-106 -%config %{_datadir}/%{name}/options.skel -%{_mandir}/man1/* -%{_mandir}/man7/* -%{_infodir}/gpg.info* -%{_infodir}/gpgv.info* -%attr (4755,root,root) %{_bindir}/gpg -%attr (0755,root,root) %{_bindir}/gpgv -%attr (0755,root,root) %{_bindir}/gpgsplit -%attr (0755,root,root) %{_bindir}/gpg-zip -%attr (0755,root,root) %{_libexecdir}/gnupg/* - -%post -/sbin/install-info %{_infodir}/gpg.info %{_infodir}/dir 2>/dev/null || : -/sbin/install-info %{_infodir}/gpgv.info %{_infodir}/dir 2>/dev/null || : - -%preun -if [ $1 = 0 ]; then - /sbin/install-info --delete %{_infodir}/gpg.info \ - %{_infodir}/dir 2>/dev/null || : - /sbin/install-info --delete %{_infodir}/gpgv.info \ - %{_infodir}/dir 2>/dev/null || : -fi - -%clean -rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT -rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_DIR/%{name}-%{version} diff --git a/scripts/gnupgbug b/scripts/gnupgbug deleted file mode 100644 index 52efc2ab4..000000000 --- a/scripts/gnupgbug +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -# -# File a bug against the GNU Privacy Guard. -# - -# -# Copyright (c) 2000 Thomas Roessler <[email protected]> -# -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. -# - -SUBMIT="[email protected]" -DEBIAN_SUBMIT="[email protected]" - - -include_file () -{ - echo - echo "--- Begin $1" - sed -e 's/^-/- -/' $1 | egrep -v '^[ ]*(#|$)' - echo "--- End $1" - echo -} - -case `echo -n` in -"") n=-n; c= ;; - *) n=; c='\c' ;; -esac - - -exec > /dev/tty -exec < /dev/tty - -SCRATCH=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/`basename $0`.`hostname`.$$ - -mkdir ${SCRATCH} || \ -{ - echo "`basename $0`: Can't create temporary directory." >& 2 ; - exit 1 ; -} - -trap "rm -r -f ${SCRATCH} ; trap '' 0 ; exit" 0 1 2 - -TEMPLATE=${SCRATCH}/template.txt - -echo "Please enter a one-line description of the problem you experience:" -echo $n "> $c" -read SUBJECT - -echo $n "Do you want to include your personal GnuPG configuration files? [Y|n]$c" -read personal -case "$personal" in -[nN]*) personal=no ;; - *) personal=yes ;; -esac - -if test -f /etc/debian_version ; then - DEBIAN=yes - echo $n "Checking whether GnuPG has been installed as a package... $c" - GNUPGVERSION="`dpkg -l gnupg | grep ^i | awk '{print $3}'`" 2> /dev/null - if test "$GNUPGVERSION" ; then - DPKG=yes - else - DPKG=no - fi - echo "$DPKG" - if test "$DPKG" = "no" ; then - echo $n "File this bug with Debian? [Y|n]$c" - read $DPKG - case "$DPKG" in - [nN]) DPKG=no ;; - *) DPKG=yes ;; - esac - fi -else - DEBIAN=no - DPKG=no -fi - -test "$MUTTVERSION" || MUTTVERSION="`mutt -v | head -1 | awk '{print $2}' | tr -d i`" -test "$DPKG" = "yes" && SUBMIT="$SUBMIT, $DEBIAN_SUBMIT" - - -exec > ${TEMPLATE} - -echo "Subject: mutt-$MUTTVERSION: $SUBJECT" -echo "To: $SUBMIT" -echo "Cc: $LOGNAME" -echo -echo "Package: mutt" -echo "Version: $MUTTVERSION" -echo -echo "-- Please type your report below this line" -echo -echo -echo - -if test "$DEBIAN" = "yes" ; then - echo "Obtaining Debian-specific information..." > /dev/tty - bug -p -s dummy mutt | \ - sed -n -e "/^-- System Information/,/^---/p" | \ - grep -v '^---' -fi - -echo -echo "-- Mutt Version Information" -echo -mutt -v - -if test "$personal" = "yes" ; then - CANDIDATES=".muttrc-${MUTTVERSION} .muttrc .mutt/muttrc-${MUTTVERSION} .mutt/muttrc" - MATCHED="none" - for f in $CANDIDATES; do - if test -f "${HOME}/$f" ; then - MATCHED="${HOME}/$f" - break - fi - done - - if test "$MATCHED" = "none" ; then - echo "WARNING: Can't find your personal .muttrc." >&2 - else - include_file $MATCHED - fi -fi - -if test "$global" = "yes" ; then - CANDIDATES="Muttrc-${MUTTVERSION} Muttrc" - DIRECTORIES="/etc /usr/local/share/mutt" - MATCHED="none" - for d in $DIRECTORIES ; do - for f in $CANDIDATES; do - if test -f $d/$f ; then - MATCHED="$d/$f" - break - fi - done - test "$MATCHED" = "none" || break - done - - if test "$MATCHED" = "none" ; then - echo "WARNING: Can't find global Muttrc." >&2 - else - include_file $MATCHED - fi -fi - -exec > /dev/tty - -cp $TEMPLATE $SCRATCH/mutt-bug.txt - -input="e" -while : ; do - if test "$input" = "e" ; then - ${VISUAL-vi} $SCRATCH/mutt-bug.txt - if cmp $SCRATCH/mutt-bug.txt ${TEMPLATE} > /dev/null ; then - echo "WARNING: Bug report was not modified!" - fi - fi - - echo $n "Submit, Edit, Print, Quit? [S|e|p|q]$c" - read _input - input="`echo $_input | tr EPSQ epsq`" - case $input in - e*) ;; - p*) ${PAGER-more} $SCRATCH/mutt-bug.txt ;; - s*|"") /usr/sbin/sendmail -t < $SCRATCH/mutt-bug.txt ; exit ;; - q*) exit - esac -done - diff --git a/scripts/install-sh b/scripts/install-sh index 0b65ee871..6ce63b9f7 100755 --- a/scripts/install-sh +++ b/scripts/install-sh @@ -1,8 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/sh +# # install - install a program, script, or datafile - -scriptversion=2004-10-22.00 - +# # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. @@ -42,11 +41,13 @@ scriptversion=2004-10-22.00 # from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction # shared with many OS's install programs. + # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit="${DOITPROG-}" + # put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" @@ -58,266 +59,236 @@ stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" +transformbasename="" +transform_arg="" +instcmd="$mvprog" chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" -chowncmd= -chgrpcmd= -stripcmd= +chowncmd="" +chgrpcmd="" +stripcmd="" rmcmd="$rmprog -f" mvcmd="$mvprog" -src= -dst= -dir_arg= -dstarg= -no_target_directory= +src="" +dst="" +dir_arg="" -usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE - or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY - or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... - or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... +while [ x"$1" != x ]; do + case $1 in + -c) instcmd=$cpprog + shift + continue;; -In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. -In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. -In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. + -d) dir_arg=true + shift + continue;; -Options: --c (ignored) --d create directories instead of installing files. --g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. --m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. --o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. --s $stripprog installed files. --t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. --T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. ---help display this help and exit. ---version display version info and exit. + -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; -Environment variables override the default commands: - CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG -" + -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; -while test -n "$1"; do - case $1 in - -c) shift - continue;; + -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; - -d) dir_arg=true - shift - continue;; + -s) stripcmd=$stripprog + shift + continue;; - -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" - shift - shift - continue;; + -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'` + shift + continue;; - --help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;; + -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'` + shift + continue;; + + *) if [ x"$src" = x ] + then + src=$1 + else + # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug + : + dst=$1 + fi + shift + continue;; + esac +done - -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" - shift - shift - continue;; +if [ x"$src" = x ] +then + echo "$0: no input file specified" >&2 + exit 1 +else + : +fi - -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" - shift - shift - continue;; +if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then + dst=$src + src="" - -s) stripcmd=$stripprog - shift - continue;; + if [ -d "$dst" ]; then + instcmd=: + chmodcmd="" + else + instcmd=$mkdirprog + fi +else - -t) dstarg=$2 - shift - shift - continue;; +# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command +# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad +# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. - -T) no_target_directory=true - shift - continue;; + if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ] + then + : + else + echo "$0: $src does not exist" >&2 + exit 1 + fi - --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit 0;; + if [ x"$dst" = x ] + then + echo "$0: no destination specified" >&2 + exit 1 + else + : + fi - *) # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. - # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. - test -n "$dir_arg$dstarg" && break - # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. - for arg - do - if test -n "$dstarg"; then - # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. - set fnord "$@" "$dstarg" - shift # fnord - fi - shift # arg - dstarg=$arg - done - break;; - esac -done +# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system +# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic -if test -z "$1"; then - if test -z "$dir_arg"; then - echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. - # This can happen when creating conditional directories. - exit 0 + if [ -d "$dst" ] + then + dst=$dst/`basename "$src"` + else + : + fi fi -for src -do - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $src in - -*) src=./$src ;; - esac +## this sed command emulates the dirname command +dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'` - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - dst=$src - src= +# Make sure that the destination directory exists. +# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script - if test -d "$dst"; then - mkdircmd=: - chmodcmd= - else - mkdircmd=$mkdirprog - fi - else - # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command - # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad - # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. - if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then - echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 - exit 1 - fi +# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. +if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then +defaultIFS=' + ' +IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}" - if test -z "$dstarg"; then - echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 - exit 1 - fi +oIFS=$IFS +# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. +IFS='%' +set - `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` +IFS=$oIFS - dst=$dstarg - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $dst in - -*) dst=./$dst ;; - esac +pathcomp='' - # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work - # if double slashes aren't ignored. - if test -d "$dst"; then - if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then - echo "$0: $dstarg: Is a directory" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - dst=$dst/`basename "$src"` - fi - fi +while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do + pathcomp=$pathcomp$1 + shift + + if [ ! -d "$pathcomp" ] ; + then + $mkdirprog "$pathcomp" + else + : + fi + + pathcomp=$pathcomp/ +done +fi - # This sed command emulates the dirname command. - dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,/*$,,;s,[^/]*$,,;s,/*$,,;s,^$,.,'` +if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ] +then + $doit $instcmd "$dst" && - # Make sure that the destination directory exists. + if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; else : ; fi && + if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi && + if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi && + if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi +else - # Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. - if test ! -d "$dstdir"; then - defaultIFS=' - ' - IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}" +# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now. - oIFS=$IFS - # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. - IFS='%' - set x `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` - shift - IFS=$oIFS + if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] + then + dstfile=`basename "$dst"` + else + dstfile=`basename "$dst" $transformbasename | + sed $transformarg`$transformbasename + fi - pathcomp= +# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename - while test $# -ne 0 ; do - pathcomp=$pathcomp$1 - shift - if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then - $mkdirprog "$pathcomp" - # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error in case several - # install-sh are creating the directory concurrently. This - # is OK. - test -d "$pathcomp" || exit - fi - pathcomp=$pathcomp/ - done - fi + if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] + then + dstfile=`basename "$dst"` + else + : + fi - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - $doit $mkdircmd "$dst" \ - && { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } \ - && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } \ - && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; } \ - && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; } +# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. - else - dstfile=`basename "$dst"` + dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ + rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ - # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. - dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ - rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ +# Trap to clean up temp files at exit. - # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. - trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 - trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 + trap 'status=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $status' 0 + trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 - # Copy the file name to the temp name. - $doit $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp" && +# Move or copy the file name to the temp name - # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. - # - # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to - # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore - # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. - # - { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } \ - && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } \ - && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } \ - && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; } && + $doit $instcmd "$src" "$dsttmp" && - # Now rename the file to the real destination. - { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null \ - || { - # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else - # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not - # support -f. +# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits - # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. - # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some - # systems and the destination file might be busy for other - # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new - # file should still install successfully. - { - if test -f "$dstdir/$dstfile"; then - $doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null \ - || $doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null \ - || { - echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2 - (exit 1); exit - } - else - : - fi - } && +# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to +# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore +# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command. - # Now rename the file to the real destination. - $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" - } - } - fi || { (exit 1); exit; } -done + if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi && + if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi && + if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi && + if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi && + +# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. We try this +# two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some systems and the destination +# file might be busy for other reasons. In this case, the final cleanup +# might fail but the new file should still install successfully. + +{ + if [ -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" ] + then + $doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null || + $doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null || + { + echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2 + (exit 1); exit + } + else + : + fi +} && + +# Now rename the file to the real destination. + + $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile" + +fi && # The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap. + { - (exit 0); exit + (exit 0); exit } - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" -# End: diff --git a/scripts/log_accum b/scripts/log_accum deleted file mode 100755 index 0629abb48..000000000 --- a/scripts/log_accum +++ /dev/null @@ -1,595 +0,0 @@ -#! /usr/bin/perl -# -*-Perl-*- -# -# Perl filter to handle the log messages from the checkin of files in -# a directory. This script will group the lists of files by log -# message, and mail a single consolidated log message at the end of -# the commit. -# -# This file assumes a pre-commit checking program that leaves the -# names of the first and last commit directories in a temporary file. -# -# Contributed by David Hampton <[email protected]> -# -# hacked greatly by Greg A. Woods <[email protected]> -# -# Modified by [email protected] to add support for -# automagically extraction of ChangeLog entries 1998-12-29 - -# Usage: log_accum.pl [-d] [-s] [-M module] [[-m mailto] ...] [[-R replyto] ...] [-f logfile] -# -d - turn on debugging -# -m mailto - send mail to "mailto" (multiple) -# -R replyto - set the "Reply-To:" to "replyto" (multiple) -# -M modulename - set module name to "modulename" -# -f logfile - write commit messages to logfile too -# -s - *don't* run "cvs status -v" for each file -# -w - show working directory with log message - -# -# Configurable options -# - -# set this to something that takes a whole message on stdin -$MAILER = "/usr/lib/sendmail -t"; - -# -# End user configurable options. -# - -# Constants (don't change these!) -# -$STATE_NONE = 0; -$STATE_CHANGED = 1; -$STATE_ADDED = 2; -$STATE_REMOVED = 3; -$STATE_LOG = 4; - -$LAST_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.lastdir"; - -$CHANGED_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.files.changed"; -$ADDED_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.files.added"; -$REMOVED_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.files.removed"; -$LOG_FILE = "/tmp/#cvs.files.log"; - -$FILE_PREFIX = "#cvs.files"; - -# -# Subroutines -# - -sub cleanup_tmpfiles { - local($wd, @files); - - $wd = `pwd`; - chdir("/tmp") || die("Can't chdir('/tmp')\n"); - opendir(DIR, "."); - push(@files, grep(/^$FILE_PREFIX\..*\.$id$/, readdir(DIR))); - closedir(DIR); - foreach (@files) { - unlink $_; - } - unlink $LAST_FILE . "." . $id; - - chdir($wd); -} - -sub write_logfile { - local($filename, @lines) = @_; - - open(FILE, ">$filename") || die("Cannot open log file $filename.\n"); - print FILE join("\n", @lines), "\n"; - close(FILE); -} - -sub append_to_logfile { - local($filename, @lines) = @_; - - open(FILE, ">$filename") || die("Cannot open log file $filename.\n"); - print FILE join("\n", @lines), "\n"; - close(FILE); -} - -sub format_names { - local($dir, @files) = @_; - local(@lines); - - $format = "\t%-" . sprintf("%d", length($dir)) . "s%s "; - - $lines[0] = sprintf($format, $dir, ":"); - - if ($debug) { - print STDERR "format_names(): dir = ", $dir, "; files = ", join(":", @files), ".\n"; - } - foreach $file (@files) { - if (length($lines[$#lines]) + length($file) > 65) { - $lines[++$#lines] = sprintf($format, " ", " "); - } - $lines[$#lines] .= $file . " "; - } - - @lines; -} - -sub format_lists { - local(@lines) = @_; - local(@text, @files, $lastdir); - - if ($debug) { - print STDERR "format_lists(): ", join(":", @lines), "\n"; - } - @text = (); - @files = (); - $lastdir = shift @lines; # first thing is always a directory - if ($lastdir !~ /.*\/$/) { - die("Damn, $lastdir doesn't look like a directory!\n"); - } - foreach $line (@lines) { - if ($line =~ /.*\/$/) { - push(@text, &format_names($lastdir, @files)); - $lastdir = $line; - @files = (); - } else { - push(@files, $line); - } - } - push(@text, &format_names($lastdir, @files)); - - @text; -} - -sub append_names_to_file { - local($filename, $dir, @files) = @_; - - if (@files) { - open(FILE, ">>$filename") || die("Cannot open file $filename.\n"); - print FILE $dir, "\n"; - print FILE join("\n", @files), "\n"; - close(FILE); - } -} - -sub read_line { - local($line); - local($filename) = @_; - - open(FILE, "<$filename") || die("Cannot open file $filename.\n"); - $line = <FILE>; - close(FILE); - chop($line); - $line; -} - -sub read_logfile { - local(@text); - local($filename, $leader) = @_; - - open(FILE, "<$filename"); - while (<FILE>) { - chop; - push(@text, $leader.$_); - } - close(FILE); - @text; -} - -sub build_header { - local($header); - local($sec,$min,$hour,$mday,$mon,$year,$wday,$yday,$isdst) = localtime(time); - $header = sprintf("CVSROOT:\t%s\nModule name:\t%s\nRepository:\t%s\nChanges by:\t%s@%s\t%02d/%02d/%02d %02d:%02d:%02d", - $cvsroot, - $modulename, - $dir, - $login, $hostdomain, - $year%100, $mon+1, $mday, - $hour, $min, $sec); -} - -sub mail_notification { - local(@text) = @_; - - # if only we had strftime()... stuff stolen from perl's ctime.pl: - local($[) = 0; - - @DoW = ('Sun','Mon','Tue','Wed','Thu','Fri','Sat'); - @MoY = ('Jan','Feb','Mar','Apr','May','Jun', - 'Jul','Aug','Sep','Oct','Nov','Dec'); - - # Determine what time zone is in effect. - # Use GMT if TZ is defined as null, local time if TZ undefined. - # There's no portable way to find the system default timezone. - # - $TZ = defined($ENV{'TZ'}) ? ( $ENV{'TZ'} ? $ENV{'TZ'} : 'GMT' ) : ''; - - # Hack to deal with 'PST8PDT' format of TZ - # Note that this can't deal with all the esoteric forms, but it - # does recognize the most common: [:]STDoff[DST[off][,rule]] - # - if ($TZ =~ /^([^:\d+\-,]{3,})([+-]?\d{1,2}(:\d{1,2}){0,2})([^\d+\-,]{3,})?/) { - $TZ = $isdst ? $4 : $1; - $tzoff = sprintf("%05d", -($2) * 100); - } - - # perl-4.036 doesn't have the $zone or $gmtoff... - ($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $mon, $year, $wday, $yday, $isdst, $zone, $gmtoff) = - ($TZ eq 'GMT') ? gmtime(time) : localtime(time); - - $year += ($year < 70) ? 2000 : 1900; - - if ($gmtoff != 0) { - $tzoff = sprintf("%05d", ($gmtoff / 60) * 100); - } - if ($zone ne '') { - $TZ = $zone; - } - - # ok, let's try.... - $rfc822date = sprintf("%s, %2d %s %4d %2d:%02d:%02d %s (%s)", - $DoW[$wday], $mday, $MoY[$mon], $year, - $hour, $min, $sec, $tzoff, $TZ); - - open(MAIL, "| $MAILER"); - print MAIL "Date: " . $rfc822date . "\n"; - print MAIL "Subject: CVS Update: " . $modulename . "\n"; - print MAIL "To: " . $mailto . "\n"; - print MAIL "Reply-To: " . $replyto . "\n"; - print MAIL "\n"; - print MAIL join("\n", @text), "\n"; - close(MAIL); -} - -sub write_commitlog { - local($logfile, @text) = @_; - - open(FILE, ">>$logfile"); - print FILE join("\n", @text), "\n"; - close(FILE); -} - -# -# Main Body -# - -# Initialize basic variables -# -$debug = 0; -$id = getpgrp(); # note, you *must* use a shell which does setpgrp() -$state = $STATE_NONE; -$login = getlogin || (getpwuid($<))[0] || "nobody"; -chop($hostname = `hostname`); -chop($domainname = `domainname`); -if ($domainname !~ '^\..*') { - $domainname = '.' . $domainname; -} -$hostdomain = $hostname . $domainname; -$cvsroot = $ENV{'CVSROOT'}; -$do_status = 1; # moderately useful -$show_wd = 0; # useless in client/server -$modulename = ""; - -# parse command line arguments (file list is seen as one arg) -# -while (@ARGV) { - $arg = shift @ARGV; - - if ($arg eq '-d') { - $debug = 1; - print STDERR "Debug turned on...\n"; - } elsif ($arg eq '-m') { - if ($mailto eq '') { - $mailto = shift @ARGV; - } else { - $mailto = $mailto . ", " . shift @ARGV; - } - } elsif ($arg eq '-R') { - if ($replyto eq '') { - $replyto = shift @ARGV; - } else { - $replyto = $replyto . ", " . shift @ARGV; - } - } elsif ($arg eq '-M') { - $modulename = shift @ARGV; - } elsif ($arg eq '-s') { - $do_status = 0; - } elsif ($arg eq '-w') { - $show_wd = 1; - } elsif ($arg eq '-f') { - ($commitlog) && die("Too many '-f' args\n"); - $commitlog = shift @ARGV; - } else { - ($donefiles) && die("Too many arguments! Check usage.\n"); - $donefiles = 1; - @files = split(/ /, $arg); - } -} -($mailto) || die("No mail recipient specified (use -m)\n"); -if ($replyto eq '') { - $replyto = $login; -} - -# for now, the first "file" is the repository directory being committed, -# relative to the $CVSROOT location -# -@path = split('/', $files[0]); - -# XXX There are some ugly assumptions in here about module names and -# XXX directories relative to the $CVSROOT location -- really should -# XXX read $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/modules, but that's not so easy to do, since -# XXX we have to parse it backwards. -# XXX -# XXX Fortunately it's relatively easy for the user to specify the -# XXX module name as appropriate with a '-M' via the directory -# XXX matching in loginfo. -# -if ($modulename eq "") { - $modulename = $path[0]; # I.e. the module name == top-level dir -} -if ($#path == 0) { - $dir = "."; -} else { - $dir = join('/', @path); -} -$dir = $dir . "/"; - -if ($debug) { - print STDERR "module - ", $modulename, "\n"; - print STDERR "dir - ", $dir, "\n"; - print STDERR "path - ", join(":", @path), "\n"; - print STDERR "files - ", join(":", @files), "\n"; - print STDERR "id - ", $id, "\n"; -} - -# Check for a new directory first. This appears with files set as follows: -# -# files[0] - "path/name/newdir" -# files[1] - "-" -# files[2] - "New" -# files[3] - "directory" -# -if ($files[2] =~ /New/ && $files[3] =~ /directory/) { - local(@text); - - @text = (); - push(@text, &build_header()); - push(@text, ""); - push(@text, $files[0]); - push(@text, ""); - - while (<STDIN>) { - chop; # Drop the newline - push(@text, $_); - } - - &mail_notification($mailto, @text); - - exit 0; -} - -# Check for an import command. This appears with files set as follows: -# -# files[0] - "path/name" -# files[1] - "-" -# files[2] - "Imported" -# files[3] - "sources" -# -if ($files[2] =~ /Imported/ && $files[3] =~ /sources/) { - local(@text); - - @text = (); - push(@text, &build_header()); - push(@text, ""); - push(@text, $files[0]); - push(@text, ""); - - while (<STDIN>) { - chop; # Drop the newline - push(@text, $_); - } - - &mail_notification(@text); - - exit 0; -} - -# Iterate over the body of the message collecting information. -# -while (<STDIN>) { - chop; # Drop the newline - - if (/^In directory/) { - if ($show_wd) { # useless in client/server mode - push(@log_lines, $_); - push(@log_lines, ""); - } - next; - } - - if (/^Modified Files/) { $state = $STATE_CHANGED; next; } - if (/^Added Files/) { $state = $STATE_ADDED; next; } - if (/^Removed Files/) { $state = $STATE_REMOVED; next; } - if (/^Log Message/) { $state = $STATE_LOG; next; } - - s/^[ \t\n]+//; # delete leading whitespace - s/[ \t\n]+$//; # delete trailing whitespace - - if ($state == $STATE_CHANGED) { push(@changed_files, split); } - if ($state == $STATE_ADDED) { push(@added_files, split); } - if ($state == $STATE_REMOVED) { push(@removed_files, split); } - if ($state == $STATE_LOG) { - if( /^See[ ]ChangeLog:[ ](.*)/ ) { - $changelog = $1; - $okay = false; - open(RCS, "-|") || exec 'cvs', '-Qn', 'update', '-p', 'ChangeLog'; - while (<RCS>) { - if( /^$changelog .*/ ) { - $okay = true; - push(@log_lines, $_); - } - elsif( $okay ) { - last if( /^[A-Z]+.*/ ); - push(@log_lines, $_); - } - } - while (<RCS>) { ; } - close(RCS); - } - else { - push(@log_lines, $_); - } - } -} - -# Strip leading and trailing blank lines from the log message. Also -# compress multiple blank lines in the body of the message down to a -# single blank line. -# -while ($#log_lines > -1) { - last if ($log_lines[0] ne ""); - shift(@log_lines); -} -while ($#log_lines > -1) { - last if ($log_lines[$#log_lines] ne ""); - pop(@log_lines); -} -for ($i = $#log_lines; $i > 0; $i--) { - if (($log_lines[$i - 1] eq "") && ($log_lines[$i] eq "")) { - splice(@log_lines, $i, 1); - } -} - -if ($debug) { - print STDERR "Searching for log file index..."; -} -# Find an index to a log file that matches this log message -# -for ($i = 0; ; $i++) { - local(@text); - - last if (! -e "$LOG_FILE.$i.$id"); # the next available one - @text = &read_logfile("$LOG_FILE.$i.$id", ""); - last if ($#text == -1); # nothing in this file, use it - last if (join(" ", @log_lines) eq join(" ", @text)); # it's the same log message as another -} -if ($debug) { - print STDERR " found log file at $i.$id, now writing tmp files.\n"; -} - -# Spit out the information gathered in this pass. -# -&append_names_to_file("$CHANGED_FILE.$i.$id", $dir, @changed_files); -&append_names_to_file("$ADDED_FILE.$i.$id", $dir, @added_files); -&append_names_to_file("$REMOVED_FILE.$i.$id", $dir, @removed_files); -&write_logfile("$LOG_FILE.$i.$id", @log_lines); - -# Check whether this is the last directory. If not, quit. -# -if ($debug) { - print STDERR "Checking current dir against last dir.\n"; -} -$_ = &read_line("$LAST_FILE.$id"); - -if ($_ ne $cvsroot . "/" . $files[0]) { - if ($debug) { - print STDERR sprintf("Current directory %s is not last directory %s.\n", $cvsroot . "/" .$files[0], $_); - } - exit 0; -} -if ($debug) { - print STDERR sprintf("Current directory %s is last directory %s -- all commits done.\n", $files[0], $_); -} - -# -# End Of Commits! -# - -# This is it. The commits are all finished. Lump everything together -# into a single message, fire a copy off to the mailing list, and drop -# it on the end of the Changes file. -# - -# -# Produce the final compilation of the log messages -# -@text = (); -@status_txt = (); -push(@text, &build_header()); -push(@text, ""); - -for ($i = 0; ; $i++) { - last if (! -e "$LOG_FILE.$i.$id"); # we're done them all! - @lines = &read_logfile("$CHANGED_FILE.$i.$id", ""); - if ($#lines >= 0) { - push(@text, "Modified files:"); - push(@text, &format_lists(@lines)); - } - @lines = &read_logfile("$ADDED_FILE.$i.$id", ""); - if ($#lines >= 0) { - push(@text, "Added files:"); - push(@text, &format_lists(@lines)); - } - @lines = &read_logfile("$REMOVED_FILE.$i.$id", ""); - if ($#lines >= 0) { - push(@text, "Removed files:"); - push(@text, &format_lists(@lines)); - } - if ($#text >= 0) { - push(@text, ""); - } - @lines = &read_logfile("$LOG_FILE.$i.$id", "\t"); - if ($#lines >= 0) { - push(@text, "Log message:"); - push(@text, @lines); - push(@text, ""); - } - if ($do_status) { - local(@changed_files); - - @changed_files = (); - push(@changed_files, &read_logfile("$CHANGED_FILE.$i.$id", "")); - push(@changed_files, &read_logfile("$ADDED_FILE.$i.$id", "")); - push(@changed_files, &read_logfile("$REMOVED_FILE.$i.$id", "")); - - if ($debug) { - print STDERR "main: pre-sort changed_files = ", join(":", @changed_files), ".\n"; - } - sort(@changed_files); - if ($debug) { - print STDERR "main: post-sort changed_files = ", join(":", @changed_files), ".\n"; - } - - foreach $dofile (@changed_files) { - if ($dofile =~ /\/$/) { - next; # ignore the silly "dir" entries - } - if ($debug) { - print STDERR "main(): doing 'cvs -nQq status -v $dofile'\n"; - } - open(STATUS, "-|") || exec 'cvs', '-nQq', 'status', '-v', $dofile; - while (<STATUS>) { - chop; - push(@status_txt, $_); - } - } - } -} - -# Write to the commitlog file -# -if ($commitlog) { - &write_commitlog($commitlog, @text); -} - -if ($#status_txt >= 0) { - push(@text, @status_txt); -} - -# Mailout the notification. -# -&mail_notification(@text); - -# cleanup -# -if (! $debug) { - &cleanup_tmpfiles(); -} - -exit 0; diff --git a/scripts/mail-to-translators b/scripts/mail-to-translators deleted file mode 100755 index 7aac1606b..000000000 --- a/scripts/mail-to-translators +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# mail a compressed version of the current translation to the Last-Translator -# - -# remove the colon to armor this script. -SENDMAIL=": /usr/sbin/sendmail" - -for file in *.po; do - addr=$(head -100 $file | awk '/^# ?Designated-Translator:/ { printf "%s", $0; exit 0}' | sed 's/.*\(<.*>\).*/\1/') - if [ -z "$addr" ]; then - addr=$(awk '/Last-Translator:/ { printf "%s", $0; exit 0}' $file | sed 's/.*\(<.*>\).*/\1/') - fi - ll=$(basename $file .po) - - if ! msgfmt -vc $file 2>&1| egrep -q 'fuzzy|untranslated|error'; then - echo "$file: okay" >&2 - continue; - fi - - if ! echo "$addr" | grep -q @ ; then - echo "$file: no translator known" >&2 - continue; - fi - - echo "$file: sending to $addr" - ( cat <<EOF -From: [email protected] -To: $addr -Mail-Followup-To: [email protected] -Subject: GnuPG translation ($ll) -Mime-Version: 1.0 -Content-Type: multipart/mixed; boundary="=-=-=" - ---=-=-= - -Hi! - -We are preparing for a new 1.4 release of GnuPG and like you to ask to -update your translation. - -Please find attached the very latest version of the PO file for your -GnuPG translation ($file). - -IMHO it is important to have a basic understanding of GnuPG's -functionality to do a correct translation. A false translation might -lead to security problems. Furthermore the TP Robot is not able to -handle more than one version of a project (we have 1.2, 1.4 and also -1.9) and thus I'd ask you *not to use the TP Robot* for GnuPG. - -Output of msgfmt is: -$(msgfmt --check --statistics $file 2>&1 | head) - -If you are not able to continue the translation work, I suggest to -pass this message on to another translator and drop a a short note to - - -Thanks, - - Werner - - ---=-=-= -Content-Type: application/octet-stream -Content-Disposition: attachment; filename=gnupg-${file}.gz -Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64 - -EOF - -gzip <$file | mimencode - -echo "" -echo "--=-=-=--" -echo "" - ) | $SENDMAIL -oi "$addr" - -done - diff --git a/scripts/mdate-sh b/scripts/mdate-sh new file mode 100755 index 000000000..b610b47a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/scripts/mdate-sh @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. +# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, June 1995 +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, +# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# Prevent date giving response in another language. +LANG=C +export LANG +LC_ALL=C +export LC_ALL +LC_TIME=C +export LC_TIME + +save_arg1="$1" + +# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. +if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then + ls_command='ls -L -l -d' +else + ls_command='ls -l -d' +fi + +# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. +# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo +# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. +# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo +# +# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words +# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a +# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/' +# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at +# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many +# words should be skipped to get the date. + +# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. +set - x`$ls_command /` + +# Find which argument is the month. +month= +command= +until test $month +do + shift + # Add another shift to the command. + command="$command shift;" + case $1 in + Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; + Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; + Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; + Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; + May) month=May; nummonth=5;; + Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; + Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; + Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; + Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; + Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; + Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; + Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; + esac +done + +# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. +set - x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""` + +# Remove all preceding arguments +eval $command + +# Get the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time. +case $1 in + Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; + Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; + Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; + Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; + May) month=May; nummonth=5;; + Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; + Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; + Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; + Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; + Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; + Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; + Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; +esac + +day=$2 + +# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either +# the time of day or the year. +case $3 in + *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# + case $2 in + Jan) nummonthtod=1;; + Feb) nummonthtod=2;; + Mar) nummonthtod=3;; + Apr) nummonthtod=4;; + May) nummonthtod=5;; + Jun) nummonthtod=6;; + Jul) nummonthtod=7;; + Aug) nummonthtod=8;; + Sep) nummonthtod=9;; + Oct) nummonthtod=10;; + Nov) nummonthtod=11;; + Dec) nummonthtod=12;; + esac + # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also + # be used for files modified in the last year. + if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; + then + year=`expr $year - 1` + fi;; + *) year=$3;; +esac + +# The result. +echo $day $month $year diff --git a/scripts/missing b/scripts/missing index 3392b9e70..6a37006e8 100755 --- a/scripts/missing +++ b/scripts/missing @@ -1,10 +1,6 @@ #! /bin/sh # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. - -scriptversion=2004-09-07.08 - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <[email protected]>, 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -19,8 +15,8 @@ scriptversion=2004-09-07.08 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA +# 02111-1307, USA. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -42,24 +38,18 @@ else configure_ac=configure.in fi -msg="missing on your system" - case "$1" in --run) # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. run= shift "$@" && exit 0 - # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens - # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on - # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we - # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or - # if --run hadn't been passed. - if test $? = 63; then - run=: - msg="probably too old" - fi ;; +esac + +# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), +# try to emulate it. +case "$1" in -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ @@ -84,15 +74,11 @@ Supported PROGRAM values: lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c makeinfo touch the output file tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags - yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] - -Send bug reports to <[email protected]>." - exit 0 + yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]" ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) - echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" - exit 0 + echo "missing 0.4 - GNU automake" ;; -*) @@ -101,44 +87,14 @@ Send bug reports to <[email protected]>." exit 1 ;; -esac - -# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we -# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect -# the program). -case "$1" in - lex|yacc) - # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. - ;; - - tar) - if test -n "$run"; then - echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" - exit 1 - elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then - exit 1 - fi - ;; - - *) + aclocal*) if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then # We have it, but it failed. exit 1 - elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then - # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone - # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether - # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. - exit 1 fi - ;; -esac -# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), -# try to emulate it. -case "$1" in - aclocal*) echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." @@ -146,8 +102,13 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ;; autoconf) + if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # We have it, but it failed. + exit 1 + fi + echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." @@ -155,8 +116,13 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ;; autoheader) + if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # We have it, but it failed. + exit 1 + fi + echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." @@ -174,8 +140,13 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ;; automake*) + if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # We have it, but it failed. + exit 1 + fi + echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from any GNU archive site." @@ -185,11 +156,16 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ;; autom4te) + if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # We have it, but it failed. + exit 1 + fi + echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. - You might have modified some files without having the +WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your + system. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. - You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU + You can get \`$1Help2man' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU archive site." file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` @@ -209,7 +185,7 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. bison|yacc) echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." @@ -239,7 +215,7 @@ WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if lex|flex) echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." @@ -261,8 +237,13 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ;; help2man) + if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # We have it, but it failed. + exit 1 + fi + echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." @@ -281,8 +262,13 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if ;; makeinfo) + if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then + # We have makeinfo, but it failed. + exit 1 + fi + echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if +WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, @@ -298,6 +284,10 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if tar) shift + if test -n "$run"; then + echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" + exit 1 + fi # We have already tried tar in the generic part. # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error @@ -333,10 +323,10 @@ WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. *) echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. - You might have modified some files without having the +WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your + system. You might have modified some files without having the proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, - it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing + it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." exit 1 @@ -344,10 +334,3 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. esac exit 0 - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" -# End: diff --git a/scripts/mk-gpg-texi b/scripts/mk-gpg-texi deleted file mode 100755 index e269b5493..000000000 --- a/scripts/mk-gpg-texi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Helper to create the texinfo versions from gpg.sgml -# -# Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the -# implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -set -e - -for file in gpg gpgv; do - sgml2xml -x lower ${file}.sgml >${file}.xml -# docbook2texi ${file}.xml | sed 's,--,---,' | ( - docbook2x-texi --to-stdout ${file}.xml | \ - sed '/^@setfilename/,/^@end direntry/d' | ( - case "$file" in - *gpgv) - sed '/\\input texinfo/a \ -@setfilename gpgv.info\ -@dircategory GnuPG\ -@direntry\ -* gpgv: (gpgv). GnuPG signature verification tool.\ -@end direntry -' - ;; - - gpg) - sed '/\\input texinfo/a \ -@setfilename gpg.info\ -@dircategory GnuPG\ -@direntry\ -* gpg: (gpg). GnuPG encryption and signing tool.\ -@end direntry -' - ;; - - *) - cat - ;; - esac - ) >${file}.texi - -done - - - - diff --git a/scripts/mk-w32-dist b/scripts/mk-w32-dist deleted file mode 100755 index 3f687cafd..000000000 --- a/scripts/mk-w32-dist +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# -# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the -# implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -set -e -cd dist-w32 - -tmp="`echo $0 | sed 's,.*gnupg-\([^/]*\)/.*,\1,'`" - -topdir= -bindir=.. - -if [ -f "../gnupg-$tmp/README" ]; then - srcdir="../gnupg-$tmp" - bindir="../gnupg-$tmp" - topdir=".." -elif [ -f ../README ]; then - srcdir=.. -elif [ -f ../../README ]; then - srcdir=../.. - bindir=.. -elif [ -f ../../gnupg-stable/README ]; then - srcdir=../../gnupg-stable -elif [ -f ../../../gnupg-stable/README ]; then - srcdir=../../../gnupg-stable -else - echo "cannot figure out the source dir" >&2 - exit 1 -fi - -# Windows uses an internal build number. We use the last day of the -# year concatenated with the hour. for it. If it happens that a new -# release of the same version is to be made in the next year, the -# build number must be given manually by adding the appropriate number -# of days. -if [ "$1" = "--build-number" -a -n "$2" ]; then - build_number="$2" - shift - shift -else - build_number=$(date -u '+%j%k' | sed 's/^0*\(.*\)/\1/') -fi - - -if i586-mingw32msvc-strip --version >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - STRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip -else - STRIP="mingw32 strip" -fi - -# If we don't have an installer we don't need to prepare for it. -if ! makensis -version >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - topdir= -fi - - -# A function to return a plain ASCII (or Latin-1) encoded description -# text for a language identifier. We need this to display the list of -# available languages in the installer. NSIS does not support utf-8 -# so we need to standardize on one character set. Note that this -# script itself is written in utf-8 but the resulting file will get -# converted to Latin-1 -get_langname () { - case "$1" in - be) r="Belarusian"; ;; - ca) r="Català"; ;; - cs) r="Cesky"; ;; - da) r="Danish"; ;; - de) r="Deutsch"; ;; - el) r="Greek"; ;; - en|en@*) r="English"; ;; - eo) r="Esperanto"; ;; - es) r="Español"; ;; - et) r="Eesti keel"; ;; - fi) r="Suomi"; ;; - fr) r="Français"; ;; - gl) r="Galician"; ;; - hu) r="Magyar"; ;; - id) r="Indonesian"; ;; - it) r="Italiano"; ;; - ja) r="Japanese"; ;; - pl) r="Polski"; ;; - pt) r="Português"; ;; - pt_BR) r="Português (do Brasil)"; ;; - ro) r="Romana"; ;; - ru) r="Russian"; ;; - sk) r="Slovensky"; ;; - sv) r="Svenska"; ;; - tr) r="Türkçe"; ;; - zh_CN) r="Chinese (simplified)"; ;; - zh_TW) r="Chinese (traditional)"; ;; - - *) r="" ;; - esac - echo "$r" -} - - -# Figure out the version -version=$(sed -n 's/^#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*VERSION[ ][ ]*\"\([0-9.a-z-]*\)\"/\1/p' $bindir/config.h) -prod_version=$(echo "$version"|awk -F'[^0-9]' '{print $1 "." $2 "." $3 }') -prod_version="${prod_version}.${build_number}" -echo "building version $version ($prod_version)" - -rm * >/dev/null 2>/dev/null || true - -cp ${bindir}/g10/gpg.exe gpg.exe -$STRIP gpg.exe -cp ${bindir}/g10/gpgv.exe gpgv.exe -$STRIP gpgv.exe -for name in hkp curl ldap finger; do - cp ${bindir}/keyserver/gpgkeys_$name.exe gpgkeys_$name.exe - $STRIP gpgkeys_$name.exe -done -cp ${bindir}/tools/gpgsplit.exe gpgsplit.exe -$STRIP gpgsplit.exe - -for i in FAQ; do - cp ${bindir}/doc/$i $i.txt - todos $i.txt -done -man -Tlatin1 -l ${srcdir}/doc/gpg.1 | sed `printf "s/\b.//g"` >gpg.man -todos gpg.man -man -Tlatin1 -l ${srcdir}/doc/gpgv.1 | sed `printf "s/\b.//g"` >gpgv.man -todos gpgv.man -man -Tlatin1 -l ${srcdir}/doc/gnupg.7 | sed `printf "s/\b.//g"` >gnupg.man -todos gnupg.man -for i in README COPYING NEWS; do - cp ${srcdir}/$i $i.txt - todos $i.txt -done - -cp ${srcdir}/doc/README.W32 README-W32.txt -todos README-W32.txt - -patches_defs= -for i in `find "$topdir/patches" -type f -name '*.diff'`; do - cp $i . - patches_defs="-DWITH_PATCHES" -done - - -# We must distribute the MO files in UTF-8, the conversion is done by -# gpg at runtime. To include English at the right position in the list we -# need a special case. -langlist="" -langdesclist="" -for i in `(ls ${srcdir}/po/*.po; echo ${srcdir}/po/en.po) | sort`; do - lang=$(basename $i .po) - if [ $lang != "en" ]; then - grep -s $lang ${srcdir}/po/LINGUAS >/dev/null || continue - [ -f$lang.mo -a $lang.mo -nt $i ] && continue - - fromset=`sed -n '/^"Content-Type:/ s/.*charset=\([a-zA-Z0-9_-]*\).*/\1/p' $i` - case "$fromset" in - utf8|utf-8|UTF8|UTF-8) - echo "$lang: keeping $fromset" >&2 - msgfmt --output-file=$lang.mo $i - ;; - *) - echo "$lang: converting from $fromset to utf-8" >&2 - iconv --silent --from-code=$fromset --to-code=utf-8 < $i | \ - sed "/^\"Content-Type:/ s/charset=[a-zA-Z0-9_-]*/charset=utf-8/"|\ - msgfmt --output-file=$lang.mo - - ;; - esac - fi - langlist="$langlist $lang" - langname="`get_langname $lang`" - [ -n "$langdesclist" ] && langdesclist="${langdesclist}|" - langdesclist="${langdesclist}${lang} - ${langname}" -done - - -# Create the option file for use with the NSIS installer. -cat <<EOF | iconv --silent --from-code=utf-8 --to-code=latin1 >opt.ini -[Settings] -NumFields=1 - -[Field 1] -Type=DropList -Left=0 -Right=130 -Top=20 -Bottom=100 -ListItems="$langdesclist" -EOF - - -# If we have a topdir, assume the full build environment and -# prepare the installer -if [ -n "$topdir" ]; then - winpt_defs= - src_defs= - buildinfo="`date -u '+%Y-%m-%d %H:%M UTC'`" - - # iconv.dll is a hard requirement - if [ ! -f "$topdir/iconv/iconv.dll" ]; then - echo "iconv.dll not available" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - ln "$topdir/iconv/iconv.dll" iconv.dll - for i in COPYING.LIB README.iconv; do - cp ${topdir}/iconv/$i $i.txt - todos $i.txt - done - - # WinPT is optional - if [ -f "$topdir/winpt/WinPT.exe" ]; then - ln "$topdir/winpt/WinPT.exe" WinPT.exe - ln "$topdir/winpt/PTD.dll" PTD.dll - cp "$topdir/winpt/README-0.9.txt" README.winpt.txt - cp "$topdir/winpt/NEWS-0.9.txt" NEWS.winpt.txt - cp "$topdir/winpt/keyserver.conf" keyserver.conf - winpt_defs="-DWITH_WINPT" - fi - - # See whether we should include the source and figure out the - # version numbers of the source files. - if [ -d "$topdir/tarballs" ]; then - have_gnupg_src=no - have_libiconv_src=no - have_winpt_src=no - for i in `find "$topdir/tarballs" -type f -name '*.tar.gz'`; do - fname=$(basename "$i" .gz) - zcat "$i" > "$fname" - case "$fname" in - gnupg-*) - tmp=$(echo "$fname" | \ - sed -n 's/^[^-]*-\([0-9.a-z-]*\)\.tar$/\1/p') - echo "gnupg source version is $tmp" >&2 - if [ "$version" != "$tmp" ]; then - echo "gnupg source version does not match" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - have_gnupg_src=yes - ;; - libiconv-*) - tmp=$(echo "$fname" | \ - sed -n 's/^[^-]*-\([0-9.a-z-]*\)\.tar$/\1/p') - echo "libiconv source version is $tmp" >&2 - src_defs="$src_defs -DLIBICONV_VERSION=$tmp" - have_libiconv_src=yes - ;; - winpt-*) - tmp=$(echo "$fname" | \ - sed -n 's/^[^-]*-\([0-9.a-z-]*\)\.tar$/\1/p') - echo "winpt source version is $tmp" >&2 - src_defs="$src_defs -DWINPT_VERSION=$tmp" - have_winpt_src=yes - ;; - - *) - echo "WARNING: unknown source file $fname ignored" >&2 - ;; - esac - done - if [ -n "$src_defs" ]; then - if [ $have_gnupg_src = "no" ]; then - echo "gnupg source missing" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - if [ $have_libiconv_src = "no" ]; then - echo "libiconv source missing" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - if [ -n "$winpt_defs" ]; then - if [ $have_winpt_src = "no" ]; then - echo "winpt source missing" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - fi - - src_defs="$src_defs -DWITH_SOURCE" - fi - - fi - - # Now run the installer - echo "invoking installer as:" - echo makensis -v0 -nocd -DVERSION="${version}" \ - -DPROD_VERSION="${prod_version}" \ - -DGNUPG_SRCDIR="${srcdir}" ${winpt_defs} ${src_defs} \ - ${patches_defs} ${srcdir}/scripts/w32installer.nsi - BUILDINFO=$buildinfo makensis -v0 -nocd -DVERSION="${version}" \ - -DPROD_VERSION="${prod_version}" \ - -DGNUPG_SRCDIR="${srcdir}" ${winpt_defs} ${src_defs} \ - ${patches_defs} ${srcdir}/scripts/w32installer.nsi - echo "Installer created" >&2 -else - zip -9 "gnupg-w32cli-${version}.zip" * - echo "ZIP archive created" >&2 -fi diff --git a/scripts/mkdiff b/scripts/mkdiff deleted file mode 100755 index f17979383..000000000 --- a/scripts/mkdiff +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the -# implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -# Please note that this script is now maintained outside of GNUPG. -# To get the most up to date version use -# cvs -d :pserver:[email protected]:/cvs/wk checkout misc-scripts/mkdiff - -if [ $# != 1 ] ; then - echo "usage: mkdiff package-name" >&2 - exit 1 -fi - -pack="$1" - -set -e - -curr_ver=$(ls $pack-*.tar.gz 2>/dev/null | sed "s/^$pack-\(.*\)\.tar\.gz/\1/"\ - | sort -r -t '.' -n +0 -1 +1 -2 +2 | head -1 ) -if [ ! -f $pack-$curr_ver.tar.gz ]; then - echo "mkdiff: no current version of package $pack found" >&2 - exit 1 -fi -prev_ver=$(ls $pack-*.tar.gz 2>/dev/null | sed "s/^$pack-\(.*\)\.tar\.gz/\1/"\ - | sort -r -t '.' -n +0 -1 +1 -2 +2 | head -2 | tail -1 ) -if [ "$prev_ver" = "$curr_ver" ]; then - echo "mkdiff: no previous version of package $pack found" >&2 - exit 1 -fi - -echo "Current is: $pack-$curr_ver" -echo "Previous is: $pack-$prev_ver" - - -echo "Removing old directories" -[ -d "$pack-$curr_ver" ] && rm -rf "$pack-$curr_ver" -[ -d "$pack-$prev_ver" ] && rm -rf "$pack-$prev_ver" - -echo "Unpacking previous and current tar" -tar xzf "$pack-$curr_ver.tar.gz" -rm -f $pack-${curr_ver}/po/*.gmo -tar xzf "$pack-$prev_ver.tar.gz" -rm -f $pack-${prev_ver}/po/*.gmo - - -echo "Diffing" -tmp_name="$pack-$prev_ver-$curr_ver.diff.tmp" -diff_name="$pack-$prev_ver-$curr_ver.diff" - -diff -urN "$pack-$prev_ver/" "$pack-$curr_ver/" > $tmp_name || true - -echo "Making patch file" - -cat <<EOF > $diff_name - -This is a patch file to create version $curr_ver from $prev_ver. - -Please check the signature of this patch file: - - zcat somepath/$pack-$prev_ver-$curr_ver.diff.gz | gpg --verify - -Change to directory $pack-$prev_ver (or however you renamed it) -and give this command: - - zcat somepath/$pack-$prev_ver-$curr_ver.diff.gz | patch -p1 - -It is a good idea to rename your current directory to $pack-$curr_ver now. - - - -Prereq: $prev_ver - -EOF - -sed -ne '/^diff.*VERSION/,/^+[0-9][0-9]*/ p' $tmp_name >> $diff_name -echo >> $diff_name -sed -e '/^diff.*VERSION/,/^+[0-9][0-9]*/ d' $tmp_name >> $diff_name - -rm $tmp_name - -echo "Signing and compressing patch file" -gpg --clearsign --not-dash-escaped -u 57548DCD \ - < $diff_name | gzip --best > $diff_name.gz -rm $diff_name - -echo "Checking patch file" -cd $pack-$prev_ver -zcat ../$diff_name.gz | patch -s -p1 -rm $(find . -name "*.orig") 2>/dev/null || true -cd .. - -if ! diff -urN "$pack-$prev_ver/" "$pack-$curr_ver/" >/dev/null ; then - echo "compare failed" - exit 1 -fi - -if ! zcat $diff_name.gz | gpg --batch --verify ; then - exit 1 -fi - - -echo "cleaning up" - -rm -rf "$pack-$curr_ver" -rm -rf "$pack-$prev_ver" - -echo "Patch file $diff_name.gz is good." - diff --git a/scripts/mkinstalldirs b/scripts/mkinstalldirs index 6fbe5e117..d2d5f21b6 100755 --- a/scripts/mkinstalldirs +++ b/scripts/mkinstalldirs @@ -1,32 +1,20 @@ #! /bin/sh # mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy - -scriptversion=2004-02-15.20 - -# Original author: Noah Friedman <[email protected]> +# Author: Noah Friedman <[email protected]> # Created: 1993-05-16 -# Public domain. -# -# This file is maintained in Automake, please report -# bugs to <[email protected]> or send patches to -# <[email protected]>. +# Public domain errstatus=0 dirmode="" usage="\ -Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ... - -Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all -leading file name components. - -Report bugs to <[email protected]>." +Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..." # process command line arguments while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in -h | --help | --h*) # -h for help - echo "$usage" + echo "$usage" 1>&2 exit 0 ;; -m) # -m PERM arg @@ -35,10 +23,6 @@ while test $# -gt 0 ; do dirmode=$1 shift ;; - --version) - echo "$0 $scriptversion" - exit 0 - ;; --) # stop option processing shift break @@ -66,37 +50,17 @@ case $# in 0) exit 0 ;; esac -# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe. If you mkdir -p a/b and -# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing, -# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with -# a "File exists" error. This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs -# from a parallel make. We use --version in the probe to restrict -# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe. case $dirmode in '') - if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then + if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then echo "mkdir -p -- $*" exec mkdir -p -- "$@" - else - # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not - # recognize any option. It will interpret all options as - # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already - # exists. - test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p - test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version fi ;; *) - if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && - test ! -d ./--version; then + if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*" exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@" - else - # Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir. - for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode"; - do - test -d $d && rmdir $d - done fi ;; esac @@ -120,17 +84,17 @@ do mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then - errstatus=$lasterr + errstatus=$lasterr else - if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then + if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp" - lasterr="" - chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + lasterr="" + chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? - if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then - errstatus=$lasterr - fi - fi + if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + fi + fi fi fi @@ -143,8 +107,5 @@ exit $errstatus # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" # End: +# mkinstalldirs ends here diff --git a/scripts/mksnapshot b/scripts/mksnapshot deleted file mode 100755 index cca19d98d..000000000 --- a/scripts/mksnapshot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Make a snapshot of the CVS head revision - -exec >>/home/koch/mksnapshot.log 2>&1 - -echo "Started at `date`." -set -e - -ftp_dir=$1 - -cd $HOME/pub -PATH="$HOME/bin:$PATH" - -fix_version () { - version=$(cat $1/VERSION) - echo "$version-snap$(date +%Y-%m-%d)" >$1/VERSION - cat <<EOF >$1/SNAPSHOT - WARNING! - -This is a snapshot of the current CVS head branch! - -It may not compile or not work. Please don't report -bugs about this snapshot release it is just for your -convenience and to reduce the load of out CVS server. - -Thanks, - - Werner -EOF -} - -build_dist () { - set +e - nice scripts/autogen.sh && nice ./configure && nice make dist - if ! awk ' -/^diff gnupg-snapshot\/VERSION/ { getline; getline; getline; getline; next } -/^Common subdirectories:/ { next } -/~$/ { next } -{ exit 1 } -' ; then - # Okay, we have some changes and it is not only the version number - rm $ftp_dir/gnupg-*snap*-*-*.tar.gz - mv gnupg-*.tar.gz $ftp_dir/ - fi - make distclean - set -e -} - - - -do_export () { - pgm=$1 - mod=$2 - - rm -rf $pgm.new || true - rm -rf $pgm.old || true - cvs -Q export -r HEAD -d $pgm.new $mod - fix_version $pgm.new - if [ -n "$ftp_dir" ]; then - here=$(pwd) - cd $pgm.new - build_dist - cd $here - fi - [ -d $pgm ] && mv $pgm $pgm.old - if ! mv $pgm.new $pgm ; then - echo "rename failed - restoring" >&2 - mv $pgm.old $pgm - exit 1 - fi - rm -rf $pgm.old || true -} - - -do_export gnupg-snapshot gnupg - -echo "Ended at `date`." -exit 0 - diff --git a/scripts/mkwebpage b/scripts/mkwebpage deleted file mode 100755 index b39feb176..000000000 --- a/scripts/mkwebpage +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Make a snapshot of the CVS head revision for the gnupg webpages - - -set -e - -cd $HOME/pub - -extract_date () { - # This strange construct is to speed up things. Grouping a "s" and a "q" - # does not work. Anyway we should use awk instead. - # Have to quote the I from $Id so that CVS does not expand it - sed '/^.*\$[I]d:.*\$.*$/q' $1 | - sed -n 's!^.*\$[I]d: [^ ]\+ [^ ]\+ \([0-9]*\)/\([0-9]*\)/\([0-9]*\) [^ ]\+ \([^ ]\+\).*$!\1-\2-\3 \4!p' -} - -# We have to edit most files -sed_it () { - src=$1 - dst=$2 - - for srcdir in `find $src -type d -print` ; do - dstdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed "s/^$src/$dst/g"` - mkdir $dstdir || true - for sf in `find $srcdir -type f -maxdepth 1 -print`; do - updated=`extract_date $sf` - df="$dstdir/`basename $sf`" - case "$df" in - *.html) - sed "/@FOOTER@/ { - r $src/footer.html.inc - d - } - /^<body>$/ { - r $src/body-tag.html.inc - d - } - /@UPDATED@/c\\ -Updated: $updated \\ -<hr> - /@INSERT_BUGLIST_HERE@/ { - r $src/BUGS - d - } - /@HOSTEDBY@/ { - r $src/hostedby.html.inc - d - } - " $sf > $df - ;; - *.html.inc | *~ | *.tmp | */BUGS ) - : - ;; - *) - cat $sf > $df - ;; - esac - done - done -} - - -do_export () { - pgm=$1 - mod=$2 - - rm -rf $pgm.tmp 2>/dev/null || true - rm -rf $pgm.new || true - rm -rf $pgm.old || true - cvs -Q export -r HEAD -d $pgm.tmp $mod - cat <<EOF >$pgm.tmp/NEWS -[ This is a snapshot of the NEWS file from the CVS head revision. - You will find the NEWS for the latest revision below the line - "Noteworthy changes in version 0.x.y". - (wk $(date +%Y-%m-%d)) ] - - -EOF - cvs -Q checkout -p gnupg/NEWS >>$pgm.tmp/NEWS - cvs -Q checkout -p gnupg/BUGS | sed '1,/^~~~~~~~~~~~/ d' > $pgm.tmp/BUGS - echo "(List generated from CVS: " $(date +%Y-%m-%d) ")" >> $pgm.tmp/BUGS - sed_it $pgm.tmp $pgm.new - rm -rf $pgm.tmp || true - ln -sf gnupg.html $pgm.new/index.html - - rm -rf $pgm.old || true - [ -d $pgm ] && mv $pgm $pgm.old - if ! mv $pgm.new $pgm ; then - echo "rename failed - restoring" >&2 - mv $pgm.old $pgm - exit 1 - fi - rm -rf $pgm.old || true -} - - -do_export gnupg-www gnupg-www - -#cd gnupg-www -#tar czf /home/ftp/pub/gcrypt/.old/webpages.tmp * -#mv /home/ftp/pub/gcrypt/old/webpages.tmp /home/ftp/pub/gcrypt/old/webpages.tar.gz - - -exit 0 - diff --git a/scripts/texinfo.tex b/scripts/texinfo.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9293f3b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/scripts/texinfo.tex @@ -0,0 +1,6773 @@ +% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. +% +% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. +\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi +% +\def\texinfoversion{2003-05-04.08} +% +% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, +% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +% +% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at +% your option) any later version. +% +% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be +% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty +% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +% General Public License for more details. +% +% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write +% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +% +% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. +% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve +% what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! +% +% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug +% reports; you can get the latest version from: +% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex +% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html) +% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex +% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org), +% and /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. +% +% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. +% +% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out +% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. +% +% Send bug reports to [email protected]. Please include including a +% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the +% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. +% +% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the +% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple +% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: +% tex foo.texi +% texindex foo.?? +% tex foo.texi +% tex foo.texi +% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. +% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. +% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more +% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. +% +% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some +% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the +% full Texinfo distribution. + +\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} + +% If in a .fmt file, print the version number +% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because +% they might have appeared in the input file name. +\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% + \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} + +\message{Basics,} +\chardef\other=12 + +% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. +% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. +\let\+ = \relax + +% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. +\let\ptexb=\b +\let\ptexbullet=\bullet +\let\ptexc=\c +\let\ptexcomma=\, +\let\ptexdot=\. +\let\ptexdots=\dots +\let\ptexend=\end +\let\ptexequiv=\equiv +\let\ptexexclam=\! +\let\ptexgtr=> +\let\ptexhat=^ +\let\ptexi=\i +\let\ptexindent=\indent +\let\ptexlbrace=\{ +\let\ptexless=< +\let\ptexplus=+ +\let\ptexrbrace=\} +\let\ptexslash=\/ +\let\ptexstar=\* +\let\ptext=\t + +% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it +% starts a new line in the output. +\newlinechar = `^^J + +% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. +\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi +\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi +\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi +\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi +\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi +\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi +\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi +\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi +\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi +\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi +\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi +\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi +\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi +\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi +\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi +\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi +\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi +\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi +\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi +\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi +\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi +\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi +\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi + +% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is +% in some cases the escape char. +\chardef\colonChar = `\: +\chardef\commaChar = `\, +\chardef\dotChar = `\. +\chardef\equalChar = `\= +\chardef\exclamChar= `\! +\chardef\questChar = `\? +\chardef\semiChar = `\; +\chardef\spaceChar = `\ % +\chardef\underChar = `\_ + +% Ignore a token. +% +\def\gobble#1{} + +% True if #1 is the empty string, i.e., called like `\ifempty{}'. +% +\def\ifempty#1{\ifemptyx #1\emptymarkA\emptymarkB}% +\def\ifemptyx#1#2\emptymarkB{\ifx #1\emptymarkA}% + +% Hyphenation fixes. +\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} +\hyphenation{eshell} +\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} +\hyphenation{time-stamp} +\hyphenation{white-space} + +% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. +\newdimen\bindingoffset +\newdimen\normaloffset +\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight + +% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file +% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, +% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make +% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log +% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. +% +\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% +\def\loggingall{% + \tracingstats2 + \tracingpages1 + \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex + \tracingparagraphs1 + \tracingoutput1 + \tracingmacros2 + \tracingrestores1 + \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen + \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging + \tracingscantokens1 + \tracingifs1 + \tracinggroups1 + \tracingnesting2 + \tracingassigns1 + \fi + \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex + \errorcontextlines\maxdimen +}% + +% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing +% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. +% +\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} +\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} +\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} + +% For @cropmarks command. +% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. +% +\newif\ifcropmarks +\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue +% +% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. +% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 +% +\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines +\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc +\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt +\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in + +% Main output routine. +\chardef\PAGE = 255 +\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} + +\newbox\headlinebox +\newbox\footlinebox + +% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents +% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. +\def\onepageout#1{% + \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset + \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi + % + % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in + % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). + \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% + \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% + % + {% + % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to + % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends + % before the \shipout runs. + % + \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. + \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. + \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if + % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. + \shipout\vbox{% + % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. + \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi + % + \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup + \hsize = \outerhsize + \vskip-\topandbottommargin + \vtop to0pt{% + \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% + \nointerlineskip + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% + }% + \vss}% + \vskip\topandbottommargin + \line\bgroup + \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. + \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi + \vbox\bgroup + \fi + % + \unvbox\headlinebox + \pagebody{#1}% + \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt + % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. + % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) + % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. + \vskip 2\baselineskip + \unvbox\footlinebox + \fi + % + \ifcropmarks + \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup + \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup + \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill + \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick + \vbox to0pt{\vss + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% + }% + \nointerlineskip + \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% + }% + \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause + \fi + }% end of \shipout\vbox + }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive + \advancepageno + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi +} + +\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen + +\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} +{\catcode`\@ =11 +\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi +% marginal hacks, [email protected] (Juha Takala) +\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present + \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi +\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 +\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi +\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} +} + +% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are +% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize +% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) +% +\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} +\def\nstop{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} +\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} +\def\nsbot{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} + +% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of +% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a +% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. +% +\def\parsearg#1{% + \let\next = #1% + \begingroup + \obeylines + \futurelet\temp\parseargx +} + +% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or +% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. +\def\parseargx{% + % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. + \ifx\obeyedspace\temp + \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace + \else + \expandafter\parseargline + \fi +} + +% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). +{\obeyspaces % + \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} + +{\obeylines % + \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% + \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. + % + % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. + % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. + \argremovec #1\c\relax % + \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % + % + % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. + \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% + }% +} + +% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX +% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call +% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is +% just to delimit the argument to the \c. +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} +\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} + +% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., +% @end itemize @c foo +% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the +% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the +% result to \toks0. +% +% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces +% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. +% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever +% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed +% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of +% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument +% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. +% +\def\removeactivespaces#1{% + \begingroup + \ignoreactivespaces + \edef\temp{#1}% + \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% + \endgroup +} + +% Change the active space to expand to nothing. +% +\begingroup + \obeyspaces + \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} +\endgroup + + +\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} + +%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away +%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) +\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} +\def\ENVcheck{% +\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue} +\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage + +% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. +\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} + +\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} + +\def\beginxxx #1{% +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax +{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else +\csname #1\endcsname\fi} + +% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. +% +\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} +\def\endxxx #1{% + \removeactivespaces{#1}% + \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax + % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% + \else + \unmatchedenderror\endthing + \fi + \else + % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. + \csname E\endthing\endcsname + \fi +} + +% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. +% +\def\unmatchedenderror#1{% + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% +} + +% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. +% +\def\defineunmatchedend#1{% + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% +} + + +%% Simple single-character @ commands + +% @@ prints an @ +% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). +\def\@{{\tt\char64}} + +% This is turned off because it was never documented +% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. +%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' +%% but suppressing ligatures. +%\def\`{{`}} +%\def\'{{'}} + +% Used to generate quoted braces. +\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} +\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} +\let\{=\mylbrace +\let\}=\myrbrace +\begingroup + % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, + % and @{ and @} for the aux file. + \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other + \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 + \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other + !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% + !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% + !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% + !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% +!endgroup + +% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. +\let\, = \c +\let\dotaccent = \. +\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} +\let\tieaccent = \t +\let\ubaraccent = \b +\let\udotaccent = \d + +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. +\def\questiondown{?`} +\def\exclamdown{!`} + +% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. +\def\imacro{i} +\def\jmacro{j} +\def\dotless#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi + \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j + \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space +% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space +% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and +% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the +% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. +{\catcode`@ = 11 + % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble + % if the definition is written into an index file. + \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M + \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } +} + +% @: forces normal size whitespace following. +\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } + +% @* forces a line break. +\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} + +% @/ allows a line break. +\let\/=\allowbreak + +% @. is an end-of-sentence period. +\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. +\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @? is an end-of-sentence query. +\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the +% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would +% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. +\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} + +% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing +% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box +% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for +% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is +% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, +% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and +% the text is small, which looks bad. +% +% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can +% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it +% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an +% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The +% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit +% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). +% +\newbox\groupbox +\def\vfilllimit{0.7} +% +\def\group{\begingroup + \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else + \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp + \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% + \fi + % + % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large + % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the + % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of + % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space + % above. But it's pretty close. + \def\Egroup{% + \egroup % End the \vtop. + % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. + \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox + % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). + \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal + % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big + % group, force a page break. + \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 + \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight + \page + \fi + \fi + \copy\groupbox + \endgroup % End the \group. + }% + % + \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup + % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in + % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. + % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group + % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the + % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. + % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. + \everypar = {\strut}% + % + % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's + % normal interline spacing. + \offinterlineskip + % + % OK, but now we have to do something about blank + % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally + % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've + % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an + % empty paragraph. + \ifx\par\lisppar + \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% + % + % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. + \obeylines + \fi + % + % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as + % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an + % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after + % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group + % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo + % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. + \comment +} +% +% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help +% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. +% +\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% +group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% +where each line of input produces a line of output.} + +% @need space-in-mils +% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. + +\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in + +\def\need{\parsearg\needx} + +% Old definition--didn't work. +%\def\needx #1{\par % +%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally +%% if the depth of the box does not fit. +%{\baselineskip=0pt% +%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak +%\prevdepth=-1000pt +%}} + +\def\needx#1{% + % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % paragraph. + \par + % + % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. + \dimen0 = #1\mil + \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox + \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 + % + % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the + % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. + % And a page break here is fine. + \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak + \fi +} + +% @br forces paragraph break + +\let\br = \par + +% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font. +% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter +% font as three actual period characters. +% +\def\dots{% + \leavevmode + \hbox to 1.5em{% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil + .\hss.\hss.% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil + }% +} + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +% +\def\enddots{% + \leavevmode + \hbox to 2em{% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil + .\hss.\hss.\hss.% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil + }% + \spacefactor=3000 +} + +% @page forces the start of a new page. +% +\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} + +% @exdent text.... +% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin + +% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. +% That's how much \exdent should take out. +\newskip\exdentamount + +% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. +\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} +\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} + +% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. +\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} +\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount +\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} + +% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current +% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. +% +\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm +\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} +% +\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% + \nobreak + \kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{% + \baselineskip=\strutdepth + \vss + % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to + % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. + \ifx#1l% + \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% + \else + \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% + \fi + \null + }% +}} +\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} +\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} +% +% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} +% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; +% else use TEXT for both). +% +\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} +\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts + \def\righttext{#2}% + \else + \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text + \def\righttext{#1}% + \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno + \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin + \else + \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% + \fi + \temp +} + +% @include file insert text of that file as input. +% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). +\def\include{\begingroup + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`~=\other + \catcode`^=\other + \catcode`_=\other + \catcode`|=\other + \catcode`<=\other + \catcode`>=\other + \catcode`+=\other + \parsearg\includezzz} +% Restore active chars for included file. +\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup + % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. + \def\thisfile{#1}% + \let\value=\expandablevalue + \input\thisfile +\endgroup} + +\def\thisfile{} + +% @center line +% outputs that line, centered. +% +\def\center{\parsearg\docenter} +\def\docenter#1{{% + \ifhmode \hfil\break \fi + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \line{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% + \ifhmode \break \fi +}} + +% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space + +\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} +\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} + +% @comment ...line which is ignored... +% @c is the same as @comment +% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment + +\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% +\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% +\commentxxx} +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} + +\let\c=\comment + +% @paragraphindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. +% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. +% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. +% +\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords +\def\noneword{none} +% +\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent} +\def\doparagraphindent#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \defaultparindent = 0pt + \else + \defaultparindent = #1em + \fi + \fi + \parindent = \defaultparindent +} + +% @exampleindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. +% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but +% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. +\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent} +\def\doexampleindent#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \lispnarrowing = 0pt + \else + \lispnarrowing = #1em + \fi + \fi +} + +% @firstparagraphindent WORD +% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph +% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indentat such +% paragraphs. +% +% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling +% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. We +% switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. By +% default, we suppress indentation. +% +\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} +\newdimen\currentparindent +% +\def\insertword{insert} +% +\def\firstparagraphindent{\parsearg\dofirstparagraphindent} +\def\dofirstparagraphindent#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\noneword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent + \else\ifx\temp\insertword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to +% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. +% +% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next +% paragraph. +% +\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% + \gdef\indent{% + \global\let\indent=\ptexindent + \global\everypar = {}% + }% + \global\everypar = {% + \kern-\parindent + \global\let\indent=\ptexindent + \global\everypar = {}% + }% +}% + + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math outputs its argument in math mode. +% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because we need +% to set catcodes according to plain TeX first, to allow for subscripts, +% superscripts, special math chars, etc. +% +\let\implicitmath = $%$ font-lock fix +% +% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean +% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make +% _ within @math be active (mathcode "8000), and distinguish by seeing +% if the current family is \slfam, which is what @var uses. +% +{\catcode\underChar = \active +\gdef\mathunderscore{% + \catcode\underChar=\active + \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% +}} +% +% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. +% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but +% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not +% otherwise define @\. +% +% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. +\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} +% +\def\math{% + \tex + \mathcode`\_="8000 \mathunderscore + \let\\ = \mathbackslash + \mathactive + \implicitmath\finishmath} +\def\finishmath#1{#1\implicitmath\Etex} + +% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. +% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an +% argument to a command which set the catcodes (such as @item or @section). +% +{ + \catcode`^ = \active + \catcode`< = \active + \catcode`> = \active + \catcode`+ = \active + \gdef\mathactive{% + \let^ = \ptexhat + \let< = \ptexless + \let> = \ptexgtr + \let+ = \ptexplus + } +} + +% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. +\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} +\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} + +% @refill is a no-op. +\let\refill=\relax + +% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to +% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. +% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). +% +\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. +\let\novalidate = \linksfalse + +% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. +% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. +% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. +\def\setfilename{% + \iflinks + \readauxfile + \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. + \openindices + \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. + \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. + % + % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. + % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. + % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. + \openin 1 texinfo.cnf + \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi + \closein1 + \temp + % + \comment % Ignore the actual filename. +} + +% Called from \setfilename. +% +\def\openindices{% + \newindex{cp}% + \newcodeindex{fn}% + \newcodeindex{vr}% + \newcodeindex{tp}% + \newcodeindex{ky}% + \newcodeindex{pg}% +} + +% @bye. +\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + + +\message{pdf,} +% adobe `portable' document format +\newcount\tempnum +\newcount\lnkcount +\newtoks\filename +\newcount\filenamelength +\newcount\pgn +\newtoks\toksA +\newtoks\toksB +\newtoks\toksC +\newtoks\toksD +\newbox\boxA +\newcount\countA +\newif\ifpdf +\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest + +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse + \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble + \let\pdfurl = \gobble + \let\endlink = \relax + \let\linkcolor = \relax + \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax +\else + \pdftrue + \pdfoutput = 1 + \input pdfcolor + \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% + \def\imagewidth{#2}% + \def\imageheight{#3}% + % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is + % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \immediate\pdfimage + \else + \immediate\pdfximage + \fi + \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi + \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 + #1.pdf% + \else + {#1.pdf}% + \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else + \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage + \fi} + \def\pdfmkdest#1{{\normalturnoffactive \pdfdest name{#1} xyz}} + \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} + \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? + \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} + % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines + % come from Petr Olsak + \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% + \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} + \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax + \advance\tempnum by1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} + \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{% + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1\else\begingroup + \closein 1 + % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks + \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace + \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace + % + \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{} + \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}} + \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}} + \let\appendixentry = \chapentry + \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry + \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry + \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry + \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry + \input \jobname.toc + \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}} + \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}} + \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}} + \let\appendixentry = \chapentry + \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry + \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry + \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry + \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry + % + % Make special characters normal for writing to the pdf file. + % + \indexnofonts + \let\tt=\relax + \turnoffactive + \input \jobname.toc + \endgroup\fi + }} + \def\makelinks #1,{% + \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% + \ifx\params\E + \let\nextmakelinks=\relax + \else + \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks + \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi + \picknum{#1}% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% + \linkcolor #1% + \advance\lnkcount by 1% + \endlink + \fi + \nextmakelinks + } + \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} + \def\pn#1{% + \def\p{#1}% + \ifx\p\lbrace + \let\nextpn=\ppn + \else + \let\nextpn=\ppnn + \def\first{#1} + \fi + \nextpn + } + \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} + \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} + \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% + \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax + \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces + \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 + \fi + \fi + \nextsp} + \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \let \startlink \pdfannotlink + \else + \let \startlink \pdfstartlink + \fi + \def\pdfurl#1{% + \begingroup + \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% + \let\value=\expandablevalue + \leavevmode\Red + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% + % #1 + \endgroup} + \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} + \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} + \def\maketoks{% + \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS| + \ifx\first0\adn0 + \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 + \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 + \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 + \else + \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi + \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else + \let\next=\maketoks + \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} + \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% + {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} + \def\pdflink#1{% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} + \linkcolor #1\endlink} + \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} +\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput + + +\message{fonts,} +% Font-change commands. + +% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. +% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. +\newfam\sffam +\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} +\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. + +% We don't need math for this one. +\def\ttsl{\tenttsl} + +% Default leading. +\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt + +% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size +% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers +% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. +% +\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} +\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} +\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} +% +\def\setleading#1{% + \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax + \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip + \normalbaselines + \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% + \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip + depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip + }% +} + +% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the +% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). +% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor +\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} + +% Use cm as the default font prefix. +% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix +% before you read in texinfo.tex. +\ifx\fontprefix\undefined +\def\fontprefix{cm} +\fi +% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. +\def\rmshape{r} +\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold +\def\bfshape{b} +\def\bxshape{bx} +\def\ttshape{tt} +\def\ttbshape{tt} +\def\ttslshape{sltt} +\def\itshape{ti} +\def\itbshape{bxti} +\def\slshape{sl} +\def\slbshape{bxsl} +\def\sfshape{ss} +\def\sfbshape{ss} +\def\scshape{csc} +\def\scbshape{csc} + +\newcount\mainmagstep +\ifx\bigger\relax + % not really supported. + \mainmagstep=\magstep1 + \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} + \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} +\else + \mainmagstep=\magstephalf + \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} + \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\fi +% Instead of cmb10, you may want to use cmbx10. +% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 +% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10 +% (in Bob's opinion). +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep + +% A few fonts for @defun, etc. +\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} + +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 + +% Fonts for small examples (8pt). +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} +\font\smalleri=cmmi8 +\font\smallersy=cmsy8 + +% Fonts for title page: +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} +\let\titlebf=\titlerm +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 +\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 +\def\authorrm{\secrm} +\def\authortt{\sectt} + +% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} +\let\chapbf=\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 + +% Section fonts (14.4pt). +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 + +% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} +\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 +% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, +% but that is not a standard magnification. + +% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, +% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since +% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except +% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and +% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). +% +\def\resetmathfonts{% + \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy + \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf + \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf +} + +% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead +% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work +% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most +% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam +% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to +% redefine \bf itself. +\def\textfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl + \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc + \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} +\def\titlefonts{% + \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl + \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc + \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy + \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} +\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} +\def\chapfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl + \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc + \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} +\def\secfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl + \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc + \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} +\def\subsecfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl + \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc + \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} +\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? +\def\smallfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl + \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc + \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy + \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} +\def\smallerfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl + \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc + \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy + \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} + +% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. +\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts + +% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample +% can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 +% If we use \smallerfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 +% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth +% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. +% +% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): +% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 +% +% I wish we used A4 paper on this side of the Atlantic. +% +% --karl, 24jan03. + + +% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. +% +\textfonts + +% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. +\def\angleleft{$\langle$} +\def\angleright{$\rangle$} + +% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks +\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 + +% Fonts for short table of contents. +\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} + +%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans +%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic + +% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction +% unless the following character is such as not to need one. +\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else + \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} +\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +\let\i=\smartitalic +\let\var=\smartslanted +\let\dfn=\smartslanted +\let\emph=\smartitalic +\let\cite=\smartslanted + +\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} +\let\strong=\b + +% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at +% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the +% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. +% +\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} +\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } + +% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. +% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and +% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. +% +\catcode`@=11 + \def\frenchspacing{% + \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m + \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m + } +\catcode`@=\other + +\def\t#1{% + {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% + \null +} +\let\ttfont=\t +\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} +\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\font\keysy=cmsy9 +\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% + \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% + \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt + \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% + \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% + \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} +% The old definition, with no lozenge: +%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} +\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} + +% @file, @option are the same as @samp. +\let\file=\samp +\let\option=\samp + +% @code is a modification of @t, +% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. +\def\tclose#1{% + {% + % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. + \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font + % + % Switch to typewriter. + \tt + % + % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. + \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% + % + % Turn off hyphenation. + \nohyphenation + % + \rawbackslash + \frenchspacing + #1% + }% + \null +} + +% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. +% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes +% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. + +% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control +% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. +% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) +% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. +% -- rms. +{ + \catcode`\-=\active + \catcode`\_=\active + % + \global\def\code{\begingroup + \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash + \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder + \codex + } + % + % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index, + % just treat them as a normal -. + \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash} +} + +\def\realdash{-} +\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} +\def\codeunder{% + % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ + % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) + % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us + % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. + \ifusingtt{\ifmmode + \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. + \else\normalunderscore \fi + \discretionary{}{}{}}% + {\_}% +} +\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} + +% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, +% then @kbd has no effect. + +% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), +% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), +% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). +\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx} +\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{% + \def\arg{#1}% + \ifx\arg\worddistinct + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% + \else\ifx\arg\wordexample + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else\ifx\arg\wordcode + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\worddistinct{distinct} +\def\wordexample{example} +\def\wordcode{code} + +% Default is `distinct.' +\kbdinputstyle distinct + +\def\xkey{\key} +\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% +\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% +\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi +\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} + +% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. +\let\url=\code +\let\env=\code +\let\command=\code + +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) +% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third +% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url +% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in +% a hypertex \special here. +% +\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} +\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it + \else + \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url + \fi + \else + \code{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. +% +%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} +\ifpdf + \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} + \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi + \endlink + \endgroup} +\else + \let\email=\uref +\fi + +% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the +% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have +% this property, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } + +% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the +% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. +% +\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} + +\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} + +% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', +% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for +% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. +%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} + +% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. +\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font +\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font +\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + +% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps. +\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}} + +% @pounds{} is a sterling sign. +\def\pounds{{\it\$}} + +% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. For now, only works in text size; +% we'd have to redo the font mechanism to change the \scriptstyle and +% \scriptscriptstyle font sizes to make it look right in headings. +% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. +% +\def\registeredsymbol{% + $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm R$}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}% + }$% +} + + +\message{page headings,} + +\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in +\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc + +% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. +\newif\ifseenauthor +\newif\iffinishedtitlepage + +% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the +% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. +% +\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue +\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue + +\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} +\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} + +\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts + \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm + \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% + % + \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines + \let\tt=\authortt}% + % + % Leave some space at the very top of the page. + \vglue\titlepagetopglue + % + % Now you can print the title using @title. + \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% + \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1} + % print a rule at the page bottom also. + \finishedtitlepagefalse + \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% + % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. + \finishedtitlepagetrue + % + % Now you can put text using @subtitle. + \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% + \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% + % + % @author should come last, but may come many times. + \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% + \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi + {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% + % + % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space + % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. + \let\oldpage = \page + \def\page{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + \oldpage + \let\page = \oldpage + \hbox{}}% +% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} +} + +\def\Etitlepage{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, + % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. + % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page + % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. + \oldpage + \endgroup + % + % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are + % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. + \HEADINGSon + % + % If they want short, they certainly want long too. + \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \shortcontents + \contents + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \global\let\contents = \relax + \fi + % + \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \contents + \global\let\contents = \relax + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \fi +} + +\def\finishtitlepage{% + \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize + \vskip\titlepagebottomglue + \finishedtitlepagetrue +} + +%%% Set up page headings and footings. + +\let\thispage=\folio + +\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages +\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages +\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages +\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages + +% Now make Tex use those variables +\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline + \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} +\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline + \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} +\let\HEADINGShook=\relax + +% Commands to set those variables. +% For example, this is what @headings on does +% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter +% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle +% @evenfooting @thisfile|| +% @oddfooting ||@thisfile + +\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} +\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} +\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} + +\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} +\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} +\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} + +{\catcode`\@=0 % + +\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% + +\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% + \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% + % + % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume + % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. + \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip + \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip +} + +\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} +% +}% unbind the catcode of @. + +% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. +% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. +% @headings off turns them off. +% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. +% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. +% By default, they are off at the start of a document, +% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. + +\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{ +\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} +\HEADINGSoff +% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. +% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, +% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document +% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top +% edge of all pages. +\def\HEADINGSdouble{ +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} +\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager + +% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, +% page number on top right. +\def\HEADINGSsingle{ +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} +\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} + +\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} +\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter +\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} + +\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} +\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} + +% Subroutines used in generating headings +% This produces Day Month Year style of output. +% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set +% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). +\ifx\today\undefined +\def\today{% + \number\day\space + \ifcase\month + \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr + \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug + \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec + \fi + \space\number\year} +\fi + +% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. +% It generates no output of its own. +\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} +\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} +\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} + + +\message{tables,} +% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). + +% default indentation of table text +\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in +% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text +\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in +% margin between end of table item and start of table text. +\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in + +% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin +\newdimen\itemmax + +% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with +% these defs. +% They also define \itemindex +% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). + +\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip + +\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} + +\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} +\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} + +\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} +\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} + +\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} +\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} + +\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% + \itemzzz {#1}} + +\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% + \itemzzz {#1}} + +\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\tableindent + \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% + \itemindex{#1}% + \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. + % + % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line + % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that + % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next + % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the + % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. + \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax + % + % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, + % but leave it ragged-right. + \begingroup + \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent + \advance\hsize by\tableindent + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil + \leavevmode\unhbox0\par + \endgroup + % + % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the + % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. + \nobreak \vskip-\parskip + % + % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately + % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following + % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment + % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then + % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to + % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal + % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all. + % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by + % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or + % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be + % penalty 10001...) + \penalty 10001 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse + \else + % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the + % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. + \noindent + % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in + % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and + % eventually be printed. + \nobreak\kern-\tableindent + \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 + \unhbox0 + \nobreak\kern\dimen0 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue + \fi +} + +\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} +\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} +\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} +\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} +\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} +\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} + +% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work. +\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} + +% @table, @ftable, @vtable. +\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\tablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} + +\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley +\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\Etable=\relax}} + +\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley +\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\Etable=\relax}} + +\def\dontindex #1{} +\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% +\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% + +{\obeyspaces % +\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% +\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} + +\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% +\aboveenvbreak % +\begingroup % +\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. +\let\itemindex=#1% +\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % +\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % +\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % +\def\itemfont{#2}% +\itemmax=\tableindent % +\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % +\advance \leftskip by \tableindent % +\exdentamount=\tableindent +\parindent = 0pt +\parskip = \smallskipamount +\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% +\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\item = \internalBitem % +\let\itemx = \internalBitemx % +\let\kitem = \internalBkitem % +\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % +\let\xitem = \internalBxitem % +\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % +} + +% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize + +\newcount \itemno + +\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} + +\def\itemizezzz #1{% + \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize + \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} +} + +\def\itemizey#1#2{% + \aboveenvbreak + \itemmax=\itemindent + \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance\leftskip by \itemindent + \exdentamount=\itemindent + \parindent=0pt + \parskip=\smallskipamount + \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% + \def\itemcontents{#1}% + % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. + \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi + \let\item=\itemizeitem +} + +% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in +% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. +% +\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% + +% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, +% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No +% argument is the same as `1'. +% +\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} +\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} +\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% + \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate + % + % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. + \def\thearg{#1}% + \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi + % + % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a + % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. + % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. + % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at + % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) + \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark + \ifx\rest\empty + % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. + % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. + % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and + % not equal to itself. + % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. + % + % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from + % continuing to look for a <number>. + % + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax + \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) + \else + % It's a letter. + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax + \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter + \else + \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter + \fi + \fi + \else + % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. + \numericenumerate + \fi +} + +% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is +% given in \thearg. +% +\def\numericenumerate{% + \itemno = \thearg + \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% +} + +% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\lowercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet}% + \fi + \char\lccode\itemno + }% +} + +% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\uppercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet} + \fi + \char\uccode\itemno + }% +} + +% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the +% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in +% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. +% +\def\startenumeration#1{% + \advance\itemno by -1 + \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr +} + +% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg +% to @enumerate. +% +\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} +\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} +\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} +\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} + +% Definition of @item while inside @itemize. + +\def\itemizeitem{% +\advance\itemno by 1 +{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% +\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi +{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt +\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% +\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% +\flushcr} + +% @multitable macros +% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 +% +% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. +% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width +% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, +% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. + +% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. + +% To make preamble: +% +% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: +% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 +% @item ... +% +% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total +% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many +% columns as desired. + + +% Or use a template: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item ... +% using the widest term desired in each column. +% +% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in +% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it +% will parse correctly, i.e., +% +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 +% template} +% Not: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} +% {Column 3 template} + +% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column +% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's +% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, +% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. + +% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their +% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. + +% Sample multitable: + +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col +% @item +% first col stuff +% @tab +% second col stuff +% @tab +% third col +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff +% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. +% +% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. +% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. +% @end multitable + +% Default dimensions may be reset by user. +% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. +% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. +% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. +% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline +% to baseline. +% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. +% +\newskip\multitableparskip +\newskip\multitableparindent +\newdimen\multitablecolspace +\newskip\multitablelinespace +\multitableparskip=0pt +\multitableparindent=6pt +\multitablecolspace=12pt +\multitablelinespace=0pt + +% Macros used to set up halign preamble: +% +\let\endsetuptable\relax +\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} +\let\columnfractions\relax +\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} +\newif\ifsetpercent + +% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which +% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we +% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the +% percent of \hsize for this column. +\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}% + \setuptable +} + +\newcount\colcount +\def\setuptable#1{% + \def\firstarg{#1}% + \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable + \let\go = \relax + \else + \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions + \global\setpercenttrue + \else + \ifsetpercent + \let\go\pickupwholefraction + \else + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a + % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi + \fi + \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction + % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so + % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. + \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% + \else + \let\go = \setuptable + \fi% + \fi + \go +} + +% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: +% +\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} +\def\dotable#1{\bgroup + \vskip\parskip + \let\item=\crcrwithfootnotes + % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template + % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until + % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. --karl, + % [email protected], 20apr99. + \let\tab=&% + \let\startfootins=\startsavedfootnote + \tolerance=9500 + \hbadness=9500 + \setmultitablespacing + \parskip=\multitableparskip + \parindent=\multitableparindent + \overfullrule=0pt + \global\colcount=0 + \def\Emultitable{% + \global\setpercentfalse + \crcrwithfootnotes\crcr + \egroup\egroup + }% + % + % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: + \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable + % + % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of + % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. + % The table preamble + % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. + \everycr{\noalign{% + % + % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. + % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table + % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem + % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. + \global\colcount=0\relax}}% + % + % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will + % be used as many times as user calls for columns. + % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and + % continue for many paragraphs if desired. + \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax + \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname + % + % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other + % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after + % the first one. + % + % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace + % to the width of each template entry. + % + % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will + % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip + % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at + % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. + % + % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. + \rightskip=0pt + \ifnum\colcount=1 + % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. + \advance\hsize by\leftskip + \else + \ifsetpercent \else + % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. + \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace + \fi + % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: + \leftskip=\multitablecolspace + \fi + % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious + % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the + % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. + % For example: + % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 + % @item @code{#} + % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. + % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking + % characters. + \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr +} + +\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. +% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on +% current baselineskip. +\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt +\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip +\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 +%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, +%% to keep lines equally spaced +\let\multistrut = \strut +\else +%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be? +\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 +width0pt\relax} \fi +%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +%% table. If not, do nothing. +%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi% +\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi} + +% In case a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote +% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is +% finished. Otherwise, the insertion is lost, it never migrates to the +% main vertical list. --kasal, 22jan03. +% +\newbox\savedfootnotes +% +% \dotable \let's \startfootins to this, so that \dofootnote will call +% it instead of starting the insertion right away. +\def\startsavedfootnote{% + \global\setbox\savedfootnotes = \vbox\bgroup + \unvbox\savedfootnotes +} +\def\crcrwithfootnotes{% + \crcr + \ifvoid\savedfootnotes \else + \noalign{\insert\footins{\box\savedfootnotes}}% + \fi +} + +\message{conditionals,} +% Prevent errors for section commands. +% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. +\def\ignoresections{% + \let\chapter=\relax + \let\unnumbered=\relax + \let\top=\relax + \let\unnumberedsec=\relax + \let\unnumberedsection=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax + \let\section=\relax + \let\subsec=\relax + \let\subsubsec=\relax + \let\subsection=\relax + \let\subsubsection=\relax + \let\appendix=\relax + \let\appendixsec=\relax + \let\appendixsection=\relax + \let\appendixsubsec=\relax + \let\appendixsubsection=\relax + \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax + \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax + \let\contents=\relax + \let\smallbook=\relax + \let\titlepage=\relax +} + +% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source +% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used +% incorrectly. +% +% We use \empty instead of \relax for the @def... commands, so that \end +% doesn't throw an error. For instance: +% @ignore +% @deffn ... +% @end deffn +% @end ignore +% +% The @end deffn is going to get expanded, because we're trying to allow +% nested conditionals. But we don't want to expand the actual @deffn, +% since it might be syntactically correct and intended to be ignored. +% Since \end checks for \relax, using \empty does not cause an error. +% +\def\ignoremorecommands{% + \let\defcodeindex = \relax + \let\defcv = \empty + \let\defcvx = \empty + \let\Edefcv = \empty + \let\deffn = \empty + \let\deffnx = \empty + \let\Edeffn = \empty + \let\defindex = \relax + \let\defivar = \empty + \let\defivarx = \empty + \let\Edefivar = \empty + \let\defmac = \empty + \let\defmacx = \empty + \let\Edefmac = \empty + \let\defmethod = \empty + \let\defmethodx = \empty + \let\Edefmethod = \empty + \let\defop = \empty + \let\defopx = \empty + \let\Edefop = \empty + \let\defopt = \empty + \let\defoptx = \empty + \let\Edefopt = \empty + \let\defspec = \empty + \let\defspecx = \empty + \let\Edefspec = \empty + \let\deftp = \empty + \let\deftpx = \empty + \let\Edeftp = \empty + \let\deftypefn = \empty + \let\deftypefnx = \empty + \let\Edeftypefn = \empty + \let\deftypefun = \empty + \let\deftypefunx = \empty + \let\Edeftypefun = \empty + \let\deftypeivar = \empty + \let\deftypeivarx = \empty + \let\Edeftypeivar = \empty + \let\deftypemethod = \empty + \let\deftypemethodx = \empty + \let\Edeftypemethod = \empty + \let\deftypeop = \empty + \let\deftypeopx = \empty + \let\Edeftypeop = \empty + \let\deftypevar = \empty + \let\deftypevarx = \empty + \let\Edeftypevar = \empty + \let\deftypevr = \empty + \let\deftypevrx = \empty + \let\Edeftypevr = \empty + \let\defun = \empty + \let\defunx = \empty + \let\Edefun = \empty + \let\defvar = \empty + \let\defvarx = \empty + \let\Edefvar = \empty + \let\defvr = \empty + \let\defvrx = \empty + \let\Edefvr = \empty + \let\clear = \relax + \let\down = \relax + \let\evenfooting = \relax + \let\evenheading = \relax + \let\everyfooting = \relax + \let\everyheading = \relax + \let\headings = \relax + \let\include = \relax + \let\item = \relax + \let\lowersections = \relax + \let\oddfooting = \relax + \let\oddheading = \relax + \let\printindex = \relax + \let\pxref = \relax + \let\raisesections = \relax + \let\ref = \relax + \let\set = \relax + \let\setchapternewpage = \relax + \let\setchapterstyle = \relax + \let\settitle = \relax + \let\up = \relax + \let\verbatiminclude = \relax + \let\xref = \relax +} + +% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. +% +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} +\def\documentdescriptionword{documentdescription} +\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} +\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} +\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +\let\dircategory = \comment + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. +% +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. + % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in + % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. + \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \catcode\spaceChar = 10 + % + % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. + \catcode`\{ = 9 + \catcode`\} = 9 + % + % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. + \catcode`\@ = 12 + % + \def\ignoreword{#1}% + \ifx\ignoreword\documentdescriptionword + % The c kludge breaks documentdescription, since + % `documentdescription' contains a `c'. Means not everything will + % be ignored inside @documentdescription, but oh well... + \else + % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line + % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) + % @c @end ifinfo + % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. + % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) + \catcode`\c = 14 + \fi + % + % And now expand the command defined above. + \doignoretext +} + +% What we do to finish off ignored text. +% +\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% + +\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse +\def\obstexwarn{% + \ifwarnedobs\relax\else + % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. + % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. + \immediate\write16{} + \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} + \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} + \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} + \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} + \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} + \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/TeX.README.)} + \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} + \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} + \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} + \immediate\write16{} + \global\warnedobstrue + \fi +} + +% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a +% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), +% uncomment the following line: +%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax + +% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for +% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. +% +\def\nestedignore#1{% + \obstexwarn + % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end + % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the + % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize + % the chance of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on + % page 401 of the TeXbook. + % + \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the + % @end command again. + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% + % + % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no + % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do + % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we + % undefine them. + % + % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; + % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. + \ignoremorecommands + % + % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define + % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use + % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because some sites + % might not have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still + % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of + % stuff compared to the main input. + % + \nullfont + \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont + \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont + \let\tensf=\nullfont + % Similarly for index fonts. + \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont + \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont + \let\smallsf=\nullfont + % Similarly for smallexample fonts. + \let\smallerrm=\nullfont \let\smallerit=\nullfont \let\smallersl=\nullfont + \let\smallerbf=\nullfont \let\smallertt=\nullfont \let\smallersc=\nullfont + \let\smallersf=\nullfont + % + % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. + \tracinglostchars = 0 + % + % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. + \frenchspacing + % + % Don't report underfull hboxes. + \hbadness = 10000 + % + % Do minimal line-breaking. + \pretolerance = 10000 + % + % Do not execute instructions in @tex. + \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% + % Do not execute macro definitions. + % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. + \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% +} + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid +% losing inside @example, for instance. +% +\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 + \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. + \parsearg\setxxx} +\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty + \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. + \fi + \endgroup +} +% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or +% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into +% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. +\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} +\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + % + % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if + % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any + % such active characters to their normal equivalents. + \gdef\value{\begingroup + \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other + \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore + \valuexxx} +} +\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} + +% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's +% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones +% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything +% about that. The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable +% is set), since the result winds up in the index file. This means that +% if the variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost +% certain it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with +% sufficient work to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of +% complete). +% +\def\expandablevalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {[No value for ``#1'']}% + \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +\def\ifset{\parsearg\doifset} +\def\doifset#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \let\next=\ifsetfail + \else + \let\next=\ifsetsucceed + \fi + \next +} +\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} +\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifset} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +\def\ifclear{\parsearg\doifclear} +\def\doifclear#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \let\next=\ifclearsucceed + \else + \let\next=\ifclearfail + \fi + \next +} +\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} +\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} + +% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext always succeed; we +% read the text following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make +% `@end iftex' (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. +% +\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} +\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} +\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} +\def\ifnotplaintext{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotplaintext}} +\defineunmatchedend{iftex} +\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} +\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} +\defineunmatchedend{ifnotplaintext} + +% True conditional. Since \set globally defines its variables, we can +% just start and end a group (to keep the @end definition undefined at +% the outer level). +% +\def\conditionalsucceed#1{\begingroup + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\endgroup}% +} + +% @defininfoenclose. +\let\definfoenclose=\comment + + +\message{indexing,} +% Index generation facilities + +% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite +% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} + +% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. +% It automatically defines \fooindex such that +% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. +% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for +% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. +% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long +% for the sake of vms. +% +\def\newindex#1{% + \iflinks + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index + \noexpand\doindex{#1}} +} + +% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} +% +\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} + +% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. +% +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} +% +\def\newcodeindex#1{% + \iflinks + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% + \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% +} + + +% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. +% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. +% +% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo +% inside @code. +% +\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} +\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} + +% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), +% #3 the target index (bar). +\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% + % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up + % closing the target index. + \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined + % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the + % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. + \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 + \fi + % redefine \fooindfile: + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp + % redefine \fooindex: + \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% +} + +% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. +% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, +% and it is "foo", the name of the index. + +% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. +% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. + +% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} +% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. + +\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} +\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} + +% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. +\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} +\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} + +% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. +% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, +% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. +% +\def\indexdummies{% + \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. + \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% + % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. + % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes + % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. + \let\{ = \mylbrace + \let\} = \myrbrace + % + % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus + % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control + % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect + % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word + % from whatever follows. + % + % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the + % space. + % + % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and + % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then + % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). + % + \def\definedummyword##1{% + \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}% + }% + \def\definedummyletter##1{% + \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}% + }% + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \commondummies +} + +% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine +% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses +% @, this will be simpler. +% +\def\atdummies{% + \def\@{@@}% + \def\ {@ }% + \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd + \let\} = \rbraceatcmd + % + % (See comments in \indexdummies.) + \def\definedummyword##1{% + \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}% + }% + \def\definedummyletter##1{% + \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}% + }% + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \commondummies +} + +% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and +% \definedummyletter must be defined first. +% +\def\commondummies{% + % + \normalturnoffactive + % + % Control letters and accents. + \definedummyletter{_}% + \definedummyletter{,}% + \definedummyletter{"}% + \definedummyletter{`}% + \definedummyletter{'}% + \definedummyletter{^}% + \definedummyletter{~}% + \definedummyletter{=}% + \definedummyword{u}% + \definedummyword{v}% + \definedummyword{H}% + \definedummyword{dotaccent}% + \definedummyword{ringaccent}% + \definedummyword{tieaccent}% + \definedummyword{ubaraccent}% + \definedummyword{udotaccent}% + \definedummyword{dotless}% + % + % Other non-English letters. + \definedummyword{AA}% + \definedummyword{AE}% + \definedummyword{L}% + \definedummyword{OE}% + \definedummyword{O}% + \definedummyword{aa}% + \definedummyword{ae}% + \definedummyword{l}% + \definedummyword{oe}% + \definedummyword{o}% + \definedummyword{ss}% + % + % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. + \definedummyword{bf}% + \definedummyword{gtr}% + \definedummyword{hat}% + \definedummyword{less}% + \definedummyword{sf}% + \definedummyword{sl}% + \definedummyword{tclose}% + \definedummyword{tt}% + % + % Texinfo font commands. + \definedummyword{b}% + \definedummyword{i}% + \definedummyword{r}% + \definedummyword{sc}% + \definedummyword{t}% + % + \definedummyword{TeX}% + \definedummyword{acronym}% + \definedummyword{cite}% + \definedummyword{code}% + \definedummyword{command}% + \definedummyword{dfn}% + \definedummyword{dots}% + \definedummyword{emph}% + \definedummyword{env}% + \definedummyword{file}% + \definedummyword{kbd}% + \definedummyword{key}% + \definedummyword{math}% + \definedummyword{option}% + \definedummyword{samp}% + \definedummyword{strong}% + \definedummyword{uref}% + \definedummyword{url}% + \definedummyword{var}% + \definedummyword{w}% + % + % Assorted special characters. + \definedummyword{bullet}% + \definedummyword{copyright}% + \definedummyword{dots}% + \definedummyword{enddots}% + \definedummyword{equiv}% + \definedummyword{error}% + \definedummyword{expansion}% + \definedummyword{minus}% + \definedummyword{pounds}% + \definedummyword{point}% + \definedummyword{print}% + \definedummyword{result}% + % + % Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not + % contain - or _, and the value does not contain any + % (non-fully-expandable) commands. + \let\value = \expandablevalue + % + % Normal spaces, not active ones. + \unsepspaces + % + % No macro expansion. + \turnoffmacros +} + +% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces +% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the +% expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). +{\obeyspaces + \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} + + +% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index +% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all +% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string +% would be for a given command (usually its argument). +% +\def\indexdummytex{TeX} +\def\indexdummydots{...} +% +\def\indexnofonts{% + \def\ { }% + \def\@{@}% + % how to handle braces? + \def\_{\normalunderscore}% + % + \let\,=\asis + \let\"=\asis + \let\`=\asis + \let\'=\asis + \let\^=\asis + \let\~=\asis + \let\==\asis + \let\u=\asis + \let\v=\asis + \let\H=\asis + \let\dotaccent=\asis + \let\ringaccent=\asis + \let\tieaccent=\asis + \let\ubaraccent=\asis + \let\udotaccent=\asis + \let\dotless=\asis + % + % Other non-English letters. + \def\AA{AA}% + \def\AE{AE}% + \def\L{L}% + \def\OE{OE}% + \def\O{O}% + \def\aa{aa}% + \def\ae{ae}% + \def\l{l}% + \def\oe{oe}% + \def\o{o}% + \def\ss{ss}% + \def\exclamdown{!}% + \def\questiondown{?}% + % + % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command + % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. + % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. + %\let\tt=\asis + % + % Texinfo font commands. + \let\b=\asis + \let\i=\asis + \let\r=\asis + \let\sc=\asis + \let\t=\asis + % + \let\TeX=\indexdummytex + \let\acronym=\asis + \let\cite=\asis + \let\code=\asis + \let\command=\asis + \let\dfn=\asis + \let\dots=\indexdummydots + \let\emph=\asis + \let\env=\asis + \let\file=\asis + \let\kbd=\asis + \let\key=\asis + \let\math=\asis + \let\option=\asis + \let\samp=\asis + \let\strong=\asis + \let\uref=\asis + \let\url=\asis + \let\var=\asis + \let\w=\asis +} + +\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. +\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? + +% For \ifx comparisons. +\def\emptymacro{\empty} + +% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. +% +\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} + +% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. +% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- +% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception +% is with defuns, which call us directly. +% +\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% + % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. + \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else + \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% + \fi + {% + \count255=\lastpenalty + {% + \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage + \escapechar=`\\ + {% + \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. + \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now + % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. + % + % The main index entry text. + \toks0 = {#2}% + % + % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key. + \def\thirdarg{#3}% + \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else + % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index + % line to write. + \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% + \fi + % + % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to + % get the string to sort by. + {\indexnofonts + \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion + \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% + }% + % + % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and + % the original text, including any font commands. We write + % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the + % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s + % sorted result. + \edef\temp{% + \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% + \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% + }% + % + % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it + % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting + % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the + % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences + % like this: + % @end defun + % @tindex whatever + % @defun ... + % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the + % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of + % the previous defun. + % + % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We + % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. + % + % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. + % + \iflinks + \ifvmode + \skip0 = \lastskip + \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\skip0 \fi + \fi + % + \temp % do the write + % + \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi + \fi + }% + }% + \penalty\count255 + }% +} + +% The index entry written in the file actually looks like +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} +% or +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} +% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files +% containing these kinds of lines: +% \initial {c} +% before the first topic whose initial is c +% \entry {topic}{pagelist} +% for a topic that is used without subtopics +% \primary {topic} +% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics +% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} +% for each subtopic. + +% Define the user-accessible indexing commands +% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. + +\def\findex {\fnindex} +\def\kindex {\kyindex} +\def\cindex {\cpindex} +\def\vindex {\vrindex} +\def\tindex {\tpindex} +\def\pindex {\pgindex} + +\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} +{\obeylines % +\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % +\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} + +% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. + +% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. +% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). +% +\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} +\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup + \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% + % + \smallfonts \rm + \tolerance = 9500 + \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. + \indexbreaks + % + % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. + % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains + % \initial {@} + % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces + % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). + \catcode`\@ = 11 + \openin 1 \jobname.#1s + \ifeof 1 + % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, + % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the + % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure + % there is some text. + \putwordIndexNonexistent + \else + % + % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof + % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so + % it can discover if there is anything in it. + \read 1 to \temp + \ifeof 1 + \putwordIndexIsEmpty + \else + % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape + % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change + % to make right now. + \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% + \catcode`\\ = 0 + \escapechar = `\\ + \begindoublecolumns + \input \jobname.#1s + \enddoublecolumns + \fi + \fi + \closein 1 +\endgroup} + +% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. +% Change them to control the appearance of the index. + +\def\initial#1{{% + % Some minor font changes for the special characters. + \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt + % + % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. + \removelastskip + % + % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. + \penalty -300 + % + % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of + % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column + % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch + % we need before each entry, but it's better. + % + % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. + \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip + \leftline{\secbf #1}% + \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip + % + % Do our best not to break after the initial. + \nobreak +}} + +% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 +% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents +% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. +% +\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup + % + % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't + % affect previous text. + \par + % + % Do not fill out the last line with white space. + \parfillskip = 0in + % + % No extra space above this paragraph. + \parskip = 0in + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number + % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the + % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large + % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across + % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. + % + % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start + % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. + \hangindent = 2em + % + % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line + % with blank space. + \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil + % + % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns. + \vskip 0pt plus1pt + % + % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking + % parameters we've set above will have an effect. + \noindent + % + % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. + #1% + % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if + % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be + % cursed by a Unix daemon. + \def\tempa{{\rm }}% + \def\tempb{#2}% + \edef\tempc{\tempa}% + \edef\tempd{\tempb}% + \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% + % + % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out + % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the + % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) + \hfil\penalty50 + \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % + % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as + % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull + % \hbox ensues. + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. + \else + \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. + \fi + \fi% + \par +\endgroup} + +% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. +\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders + \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} + +\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} + +\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm +\def\secondary#1#2{{% + \parfillskip=0in + \parskip=0in + \hangindent=1in + \hangafter=1 + \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. + \else + #2 + \fi + \par +}} + +% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. +% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, +% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. +\catcode`\@=11 + +\newbox\partialpage +\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize + +\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns + % Grab any single-column material above us. + \output = {% + % + % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a + % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output + % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is + % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In + % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal + % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this + % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. + \ifvoid\partialpage \else + \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% + \fi + % + \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% + % Unvbox the main output page. + \unvbox\PAGE + \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip + }% + }% + \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage + % + % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. + \output = {\doublecolumnout}% + % + % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this + % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 + % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple + % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the + % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. + % + % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between + % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it + % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant + % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) + % as it did when we hard-coded it. + % + % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we + % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) + % been clobbered. + % + \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize + \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize + \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + % + % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, + % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) + \vsize = 2\vsize +} + +% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except +% the last. +% +\def\doublecolumnout{% + \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal + % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the + % previous page. + \dimen@ = \vsize + \divide\dimen@ by 2 + \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage + % + % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. + \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ + \onepageout\pagesofar + \unvbox255 + \penalty\outputpenalty +} +% +% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, +% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. +\def\pagesofar{% + \unvbox\partialpage + % + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize + \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% +} +% +% All done with double columns. +\def\enddoublecolumns{% + \output = {% + % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the + % current page, no automatic page break. + \balancecolumns + % + % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, + % though, there will be another page break right after this \output + % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not + % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal + % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be + % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes + % the output somewhat more palatable.) + \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% + }% + \eject + \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns + % + % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted + % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column + % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the + % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). + \pagegoal = \vsize +} +% +% Called at the end of the double column material. +\def\balancecolumns{% + \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. + \dimen@ = \ht0 + \advance\dimen@ by \topskip + \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip + \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to + %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% + \splittopskip = \topskip + % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. + {% + \vbadness = 10000 + \loop + \global\setbox3 = \copy0 + \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ + \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ + \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt + \repeat + }% + %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% + \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% + \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% + % + \pagesofar +} +\catcode`\@ = \other + + +\message{sectioning,} +% Chapters, sections, etc. + +\newcount\chapno +\newcount\secno \secno=0 +\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 +\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 + +% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... +\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ +% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual +% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. +\def\appendixletter{% + \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% + % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is + % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not + % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out + % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. + \else\char\the\appendixno + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + +% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. +% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. +\def\thischapter{} +\def\thissection{} + +\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level +\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count + +% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. +\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} +\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name + +% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. +\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} +\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name + +% Choose a numbered-heading macro +% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections +% #2 is text for heading +\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \chapterzzz{#2} +\or + \seczzz{#2} +\or + \numberedsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \chapterzzz{#2} + \else + \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +\suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels +\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \appendixzzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsectionzzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \appendixzzz{#2} + \else + \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +\suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels +\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \unnumberedzzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedseczzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \unnumberedzzz{#2} + \else + \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +\suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. +\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} +\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} +\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz +\def\chapterzzz #1{% + \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% + \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% + % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter + % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. + \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% + \writetocentry{chap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}} + \donoderef + \global\let\section = \numberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +} + +% we use \chapno to avoid indenting back +\def\appendixbox#1{% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} \the\chapno}% + \hbox to \wd0{#1\hss}} + +\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} +\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz +\def\appendixzzz #1{% + \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance \appendixno by 1 + \message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% + \chapmacro {#1}{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% + \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% + \writetocentry{appendix}{#1}{{\appendixletter}} + \appendixnoderef + \global\let\section = \appendixsec + \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +} + +% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. +\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} +\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} + +% @top is like @unnumbered. +\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} + +\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} +\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +\def\unnumberedzzz #1{% + \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 + % + % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the + % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX + % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX + % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant + % to be executed, not expanded). + % + % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear + % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use + % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, + % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for + % the toc entries.) + \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% + % + \unnumbchapmacro {#1}% + \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% + \writetocentry{unnumbchap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}} + \unnumbnoderef + \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec +} + +% Sections. +\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} +\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz +\def\seczzz #1{% + \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % + \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% + \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}} + \donoderef + \nobreak +} + +\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} +\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} +\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{% + \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % + \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% + \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}} + \appendixnoderef + \nobreak +} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{% + \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% + \writetocentry{unnumbsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}} + \unnumbnoderef + \nobreak +} + +% Subsections. +\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} +\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{% + \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % + \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% + \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} + \donoderef + \nobreak +} + +\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} +\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{% + \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % + \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% + \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} + \appendixnoderef + \nobreak +} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{% + \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% + \writetocentry{unnumbsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} + \unnumbnoderef + \nobreak +} + +% Subsubsections. +\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} +\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{% + \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % + \subsubsecheading {#1} + {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% + \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} + \donoderef + \nobreak +} + +\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} +\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{% + \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % + \subsubsecheading {#1} + {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% + \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} + \appendixnoderef + \nobreak +} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{% + \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% + \writetocentry{unnumbsubsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} + \unnumbnoderef + \nobreak +} + +% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. +% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. +\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} +\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} +\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} +\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} +\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} + +\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} +\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} +\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} +\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} + +\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} +\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} +\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} +\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} + +% These macros control what the section commands do, according +% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). +% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. +\global\let\section = \numberedsec +\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec + +% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading + +% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: +% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit +% overlong headings to fold. +% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a +% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. +% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and +% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. + + +\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} +\def\majorheadingzzz #1{% + {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% + {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} + +\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} +\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % + {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} + +% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. +\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} +\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} +\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} + +% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only +% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), +% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. + +%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} + +\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} + +%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it +% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) + +\newskip\chapheadingskip + +\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} +\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} +\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} + +\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} + +\def\CHAPPAGoff{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} + +\def\CHAPPAGon{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} + +\def\CHAPPAGodd{ +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} + +\CHAPPAGon + +\def\CHAPFplain{ +\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain +\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain +\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} + +% Plain chapter opening. +% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. +\def\chfplain#1#2{% + \pchapsepmacro + {% + \chapfonts \rm + \def\chapnum{#2}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe + \unhbox0 #1\par}% + }% + \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title + \nobreak +} + +% Plain opening for unnumbered. +\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} + +% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. +\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +\def\centerchfplain#1{{% + \def\centerparametersmaybe{% + \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip + \leftskip = \rightskip + \parfillskip = 0pt + }% + \chfplain{#1}{}% +}} + +\CHAPFplain % The default + +\def\unnchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak +} + +\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts +\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% +\par\penalty 5000 % +} + +\def\centerchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt + \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak +} + +\def\CHAPFopen{ +\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen +\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen +\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} + + +% Section titles. +\newskip\secheadingskip +\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} +\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} +\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} + +% Subsection titles. +\newskip \subsecheadingskip +\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} +\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} +\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} + +% Subsubsection titles. +\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip +\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak +\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} +\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} + + +% Print any size section title. +% +% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section +% number (maybe empty), #3 the text. +\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% + {% + \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip + \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname + }% + {% + % Switch to the right set of fonts. + \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm + % + % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. + \def\secnum{#2}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% + % + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number + \unhbox0 #3}% + }% + % Add extra space after the heading -- either a line space or a + % paragraph space, whichever is more. (Some people like to set + % \parskip to large values for some reason.) Don't allow stretch, though. + \nobreak + \ifdim\parskip>\normalbaselineskip + \kern\parskip + \else + \kern\normalbaselineskip + \fi + \nobreak +} + + +\message{toc,} +% Table of contents. +\newwrite\tocfile + +% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. +% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the +% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. +% +% Usage: \writetocentry{chap}{The Name of The Game}{{\the\chapno}} +% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or +% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. +% +\newif\iftocfileopened +\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% + \iftocfileopened\else + \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc + \global\tocfileopenedtrue + \fi + % + \iflinks + \toks0 = {#2}% + \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}#3{\folio}}}% + \temp + \fi + % + % Tell \shipout to create a page destination if we're doing pdf, which + % will be the target of the links in the table of contents. We can't + % just do it on every page because the title pages are numbered 1 and + % 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first two pages + % of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named `1', and + % two named `2'. + \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi +} + +\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in +\newcount\savepageno +\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 + +% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written +% to \tocfile. +% +\def\startcontents#1{% + % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should + % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain + % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. + % From: Torbjorn Granlund <[email protected]> + \contentsalignmacro + \immediate\closeout\tocfile + % + % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. + % It is abundantly clear what they are. + \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% + \savepageno = \pageno + \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. + \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 + % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section + % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. + %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. [email protected] + \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. + \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. + % + % Roman numerals for page numbers. + \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi +} + + +% Normal (long) toc. +\def\contents{% + \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1 \else + \closein 1 + \input \jobname.toc + \fi + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \pdfmakeoutlines + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno +} + +% And just the chapters. +\def\summarycontents{% + \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% + % + \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry + \let\appendixentry = \shortappendixentry + \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry + % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. + \secfonts + \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf + \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt + \rm + \hyphenpenalty = 10000 + \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. + \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} + \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} + \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry + \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry + \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1 \else + \closein 1 + \input \jobname.toc + \fi + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno +} +\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents + +\ifpdf + \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% +\fi + +% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. +% The first argument is the chapter or section name. +% The last argument is the page number. +% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... + +% Chapters, in the main contents. +\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} +% +% Chapters, in the short toc. +% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. +\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}% +} + +% Appendices, in the main contents. +\def\appendixentry#1#2#3{% + \dochapentry{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} #2}\labelspace#1}{#3}} +% +% Appendices, in the short toc. +\let\shortappendixentry = \shortchapentry + +% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. +% The arg is, e.g., `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. +% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry +% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry +% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. +% +\newdimen\shortappendixwidth +% +\def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the + % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. + % But use \hss just in case. + % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after + % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) + \dimen0 = 1em + \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hss}% +} + +% Unnumbered chapters. +\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#1}{#3}} +\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2#3{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}} + +% Sections. +\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% Subsections. +\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} +\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#5}} + +% And subsubsections. +\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} +\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#6}} + +% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. +\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc + +% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the +% page number. +% +% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters +% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. +\def\dochapentry#1#2{% + \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip + \begingroup + \chapentryfonts + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \endgroup + \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip +} + +\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for +% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We +% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist +% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) +\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup + \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks + % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is + % typeset in cmr, characters such as _ would come out wrong; we + % have to do the usual translation tricks. + \entry{#1}{#2}% +\endgroup} + +% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. +\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} + +\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} +\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} + +\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} +\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} +\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts +\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts + + +\message{environments,} +% @foo ... @end foo. + +% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +% +% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of +% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +% +\def\point{$\star$} +\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} +\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} +\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} + +% The @error{} command. +% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +% +\newbox\errorbox +% +{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. +\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules +% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} +% +\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil + \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. + \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. + \vbox{ + \hrule height\dimen2 + \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. + \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. + \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. + \hrule height\dimen2} + \hfil} +% +\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} + +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. +% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. + +\def\tex{\begingroup + \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 + \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 + \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie + \catcode `\%=14 + \catcode `\+=\other + \catcode `\"=\other + \catcode `\==\other + \catcode `\|=\other + \catcode `\<=\other + \catcode `\>=\other + \escapechar=`\\ + % + \let\b=\ptexb + \let\bullet=\ptexbullet + \let\c=\ptexc + \let\,=\ptexcomma + \let\.=\ptexdot + \let\dots=\ptexdots + \let\equiv=\ptexequiv + \let\!=\ptexexclam + \let\i=\ptexi + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \let\{=\ptexlbrace + \let\+=\tabalign + \let\}=\ptexrbrace + \let\/=\ptexslash + \let\*=\ptexstar + \let\t=\ptext + % + \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% + \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% + \def\@{@}% +\let\Etex=\endgroup} + +% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. +% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, +% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). + +% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. +\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in + +% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other +% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't +% have any width. +\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} + +% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword +% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this +% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input +% should produce a line of output anyway. +% +{\obeyspaces % +\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} + +% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is +% for use in \parsearg. +{\sepspaces% +\global\let\obeyedspace= } + +% This space is always present above and below environments. +\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt + +% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here +% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip +% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the +% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. +% +\def\aboveenvbreak{{% + % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else + \advance\envskipamount by \parskip + \endgraf + \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount + \removelastskip + % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak + % or better ... + \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \else \penalty-50 \fi + \vskip\envskipamount + \fi + \fi +}} + +\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak + +% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. +\let\nonarrowing=\relax + +% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around +% environment contents. +\font\circle=lcircle10 +\newdimen\circthick +\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner +\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip +\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle +% +\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth +\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} +\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} +\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} +\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr + \hskip\rskip}} +\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr + \hskip\rskip}} +% +\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip + +\def\cartouche{% +\par % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. +\begingroup + \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip + \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. + \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip + \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \cartouter=\hsize + \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either +% side, and for 6pt waste from +% each corner char, and rule thickness + \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip + % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. + \let\nonarrowing=\comment + \vbox\bgroup + \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt + \carttop + \hbox\bgroup + \hskip\lskip + \vrule\kern3pt + \vbox\bgroup + \hsize=\cartinner + \kern3pt + \begingroup + \baselineskip=\normbskip + \lineskip=\normlskip + \parskip=\normpskip + \vskip -\parskip +\def\Ecartouche{% + \endgroup + \kern3pt + \egroup + \kern3pt\vrule + \hskip\rskip + \egroup + \cartbot + \egroup +\endgroup +}} + + +% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, +% inside a group. +\def\nonfillstart{% + \aboveenvbreak + \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body + \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy + \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. + \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines + \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output + \parskip = 0pt + \parindent = 0pt + \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing + % at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing + \let\exdent=\nofillexdent + \let\nonarrowing=\relax + \fi +} + +% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular +% environment, so the error checking in \end will work. +% +% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via +% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep +% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be +% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after +% the environment. +% +\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup} + +% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font. +\def\lisp{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish + \tt + \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. + \gobble % eat return +} + +% @example: Same as @lisp. +\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} + +% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. +% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. +\def\smalllisp{\begingroup + \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \smallexamplefonts + \lisp +} +\let\smallexample = \smalllisp + + +% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font. +% +\def\display{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish + \gobble +} +% +% @smalldisplay: @display plus smaller fonts. +% +\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup + \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \display +} + +% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins. +% +\def\format{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish + \gobble +} +% +% @smallformat: @format plus smaller fonts. +% +\def\smallformat{\begingroup + \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \format +} + +% @flushleft (same as @format). +% +\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} + +% @flushright. +% +\def\flushright{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill + \gobble +} + + +% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) +% and narrows the margins. +% +\def\quotation{% + \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body + {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip + \parindent=0pt + % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're + % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... + \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% + % + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi +} + + +% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>} +% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, +% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: +% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. [email protected] +% +% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. +% +% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets +% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a +% verbatim line. +\def\dospecials{% + \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% + \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% +} +% +% [Knuth] p. 380 +\def\uncatcodespecials{% + \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials} +% +% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 +% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font +\begingroup + \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} +\endgroup +% +% Setup for the @verb command. +% +% Eight spaces for a tab +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} +\endgroup +% +\def\setupverb{% + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabeightspaces + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces +} + +% Setup for the @verbatim environment +% +% Real tab expansion +\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount +% +\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabexpand{% + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup + \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen0 by\tabw + \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox + }% + } +\endgroup +\def\setupverbatim{% + % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \tt + \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabexpand + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces + \everypar{\starttabbox}% +} + +% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique +% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a +% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: +% +% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1} +% +% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} +\begingroup + \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12 + \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] +\endgroup +% +\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} +% +% +% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that +% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: +% +% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} +% +% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, +% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': +% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. +% +% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] +%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know +%% \begingroup +%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1 +%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active +%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[ +%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]] +%% |endgroup +% +\begingroup + \catcode`\ =\active + \obeylines % + % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end + % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank + % line in the output. + \gdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\end{verbatim}}% +\endgroup +% +\def\verbatim{% + \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \begingroup + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim +} + +% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. +% +% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). +\def\verbatiminclude{% + \begingroup + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`~=\other + \catcode`^=\other + \catcode`_=\other + \catcode`|=\other + \catcode`<=\other + \catcode`>=\other + \catcode`+=\other + \parsearg\doverbatiminclude +} +\def\setupverbatiminclude{% + \begingroup + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + \begingroup\setupverbatim +} +% +\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% + % Restore active chars for included file. + \endgroup + \begingroup + \let\value=\expandablevalue + \def\thisfile{#1}% + \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile + \endgroup + \nonfillfinish + \endgroup +} + +% @copying ... @end copying. +% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be +% allowed in this context, but that's ok. +% +% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. +% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the +% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done +% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source +% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as +% possible is very desirable. +% +\def\copying{\begingroup + % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'. + % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the + % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read + % it, but that doesn't matter. + \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}% + % + % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below. + \catcode`\^^M = \active + \docopying +} + +% What we do to finish off the copying text. +% +\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces} + +% @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand, +% we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they +% must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every +% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active +% definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still +% generate a \par. +% +% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally; +% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually +% do \par. +% +% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine +% it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc +% manual for man page generation.) +% +% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably +% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which +% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok. +% +{\catcode`\^^M=\active % +\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup % + \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page + \def^^M{% + \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 % + \par % + \else % + \space \penalty 1 % + \fi % + }% + % + % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's. + \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}% + \let\comment = \c % + % + % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it + % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set. + \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}% + % + \copyingtext % +\endgroup}% +} + +\message{defuns,} +% @defun etc. + +% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally +\def\setdeffont#1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} + +\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in +\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt +\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt + +\newcount\parencount + +% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. +% +\def\activeparens{% + \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active + \catcode`\&=\active + \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active +} + +% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. +\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) + +{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) + +% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, +% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, +% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. +\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen +\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack + +\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } +\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} +% This is used to turn on special parens +% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). +\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} + +% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. +% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. +\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested + \global\advance\parencount by 1 +} +% +% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. +\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } +% +\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. + % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. + \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi + \global\advance \parencount by -1 } +% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards +\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } +% +\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} +} % End of definition inside \activeparens +%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the +%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] +\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } +\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } +\let\ampnr = \& +\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} +\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} + +% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined. +{ + \catcode`& = \active + \global\let& = \ampnr +} + +% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). +% #1 is the function name. +% #2 is the type of definition, such as "Function". +% +\def\defname#1#2{% + % How we'll output the type name. Putting it in brackets helps + % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line + % just below it. + \ifempty{#2}% + \def\defnametype{}% + \else + \def\defnametype{[\rm #2]}% + \fi + % + % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... + \dimen2=\leftskip + \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent + % + % Figure out values for the paragraph shape. + \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\defnametype}}% + \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line + \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent % size for continuations + \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 + % + % Output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) but stuck inside a box of + % width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking. + \noindent + % + {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, + % so that \rightline will obey them. + \advance \hsize by -\dimen2 + \dimen3 = 0pt % was -1.25pc + \rlap{\rightline{\defnametype\kern\dimen3}}% + }% + % + % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: + \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + {\df #1}\enskip % output function name + % \defunargs will be called next to output the arguments, if any. +} + +% Common pieces to start any @def... +% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). +% #2 is the \...x control sequence (which our caller defines). +% #3 is the control sequence to process the header, such as \defunheader. +% +\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% + \begingroup\inENV + % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, + % which is there to keep the function description together with its + % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we want to allow a + % break after all. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by + % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning + % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break + % between a section heading and a defun. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty0 \fi + \medbreak + % + % Define the \E... end token that this defining construct specifies + % so that it will exit this group. + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + % + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent +} + +% Common part of the \...x definitions. +% +\def\defxbodycommon{% + % As with \parsebodycommon above, allow line break if we have multiple + % x headers in a row. It's not a great place, though. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10000 \penalty1000 \fi + % + \begingroup\obeylines +} + +% Process body of @defun, @deffn, @defmac, etc. +% +\def\defparsebody#1#2#3{% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \def#2{\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit#3}% + \catcode\equalChar=\active + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens + \spacesplit#3% +} + +% #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \parsebodycommon above). +% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. +% +\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens + % The \empty here prevents misinterpretation of a construct such as + % @deffn {whatever} {Enharmonic comma} + % See comments at \deftpparsebody, although in our case we don't have + % to remove the \empty afterwards, since it is empty. + \spacesplit{#3{#4}}\empty +} + +% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar. +% #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \defparsebody). +% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name. +% #5 is the method's return type. +% +\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \def#2##1 ##2 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens + \spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}% +} + +% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an +% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it +% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have +% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the +% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for +% the \E... definition to assign the category name to. +% +\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {\def#4{##1}% + \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}% + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens + \spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}% +} + +% For @defop. +\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% + \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens + \spacesplit{#3{#5}}% +} + +% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones +% except that they do not make parens into active characters. +% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. +% +\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \def#2{\defxbodycommon \spacesplit#3}% + \catcode\equalChar=\active + \begingroup\obeylines + \spacesplit#3% +} + +% @defopvar. +\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% + \defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% + \begingroup\obeylines + \spacesplit{#3{#5}}% +} + +\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% + \begingroup\obeylines + \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% +} + +% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the +% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct +% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. +% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody +% +% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That +% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and +% won't strip off the braces. +% +\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% + \begingroup\obeylines + \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty +} + +% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the +% braces (if any). That's what this does. +% +\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1} + +% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final +% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 +% (which might be empty) the arguments. +% +\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% + #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}% +}% + +% Split up #2 (the rest of the input line) at the first space token. +% call #1 with two arguments: +% the first is all of #2 before the space token, +% the second is all of #2 after that space token. +% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg +% and the second is passed as empty. +% +{\obeylines % + \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitx{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitx}% + \long\gdef\spacesplitx#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitx{% + \ifx\relax #3% + #1{#2}{}% + \else % + #1{#2}{#3#4}% + \fi}% +} + +% Define @defun. + +% This is called to end the arguments processing for all the @def... commands. +% +\def\defargscommonending{% + \interlinepenalty = 10000 + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil + \endgraf + \nobreak\vskip -\parskip + \penalty 10002 % signal to \parsebodycommon. +} + +% This expands the args and terminates the paragraph they comprise. +% +\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl +% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. +% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. +% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro. +{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}% +#1% +{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}% +\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% + \defargscommonending +} + +\def\deftypefunargs #1{% +% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. +% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. +% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. +\boldbraxnoamp +\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars + \defargscommonending +} + +% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. + +% @deffn Command forward-char nchars + +\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} + +\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % +\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defun == @deffn Function + +\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} + +\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) + +\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} + +% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. +\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} +% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. +\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% +\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}% +\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % +\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) + +\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} + +% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$ +% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. +\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$.${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} + +% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. +\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} +% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. +\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% +\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup +\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents +% at least some C++ text from working +\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}% +\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % +\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defmac == @deffn Macro + +\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} + +\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defspec == @deffn Special Form + +\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} + +\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... +% +\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% +\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} +% +\def\defopheader#1#2#3{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% function index entry + \begingroup + \defname{#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}% + \defunargs{#3}% + \endgroup +} + +% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG... +% +\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}% + \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader + \deftypeopcategory} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args. +\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index + \begingroup + \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3} + {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}% + \deftypefunargs{#4}% + \endgroup +} + +% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG... +% +\def\deftypemethod{% + \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. +\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index + \begingroup + \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% + \deftypefunargs{#4}% + \endgroup +} + +% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME +% +\def\deftypeivar{% + \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name. +\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{% + \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index + \begingroup + \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3} + {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}% + \defvarargs{#3}% + \endgroup +} + +% @defmethod == @defop Method +% +\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args. +\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index + \begingroup + \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% + \defunargs{#3}% + \endgroup +} + +% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag + +\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% +\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} + +\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% + \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% variable index entry + \begingroup + \defname{#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}% + \defvarargs{#3}% + \endgroup +} + +% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME +% +\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} +% +\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{% + \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in var index + \begingroup + \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}% + \defvarargs{#3}% + \endgroup +} + +% @defvar +% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. +% This is actually simple: just print them in roman. +% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up +\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% + \defargscommonending +} + +% @defvr Counter foo-count + +\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} + +\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} + +% @defvar == @defvr Variable + +\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} + +\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}% +\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % +} + +% @defopt == @defvr {User Option} + +\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} + +\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}% +\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % +} + +% @deftypevar int foobar + +\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} + +% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that +% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. +\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% +\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}% + \defargscommonending +\endgroup} +\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} + +% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable + +\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} + +\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1} + \defargscommonending +\endgroup} + +% Now define @deftp +% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. + +\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} + +% @deftp Class window height width ... + +\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} + +\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} + +% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.) +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. +% +\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} +\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} +\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} +\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} +\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} +\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} +\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} +\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} +\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} +\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} +\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} +\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} + + +\message{macros,} +% @macro. + +% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, +% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. +\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined + \newwrite\macscribble + \def\scanmacro#1{% + \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M + % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex + \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@ + % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. + \toks0={#1\endinput}% + \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp + \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% + \immediate\closeout\macscribble + \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces + \input \jobname.tmp + \endgroup +} +\else +\def\scanmacro#1{% +\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M +% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex +\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@ +\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup} +\fi + +\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters +\newtoks\macname % Macro name +\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? +\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form + % \do\macro1\do\macro2... + +% Utility routines. +% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. +\def\cslet#1#2{% +\expandafter\expandafter +\expandafter\let +\expandafter\expandafter +\csname#1\endcsname +\csname#2\endcsname} + +% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. +% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} +\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} +\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} +\def\unbrace#1{#1} +\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} +} + +% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% +\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% +\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% +\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% +} + +% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where +% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active +% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. + +% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. + +\def\macrobodyctxt{% + \catcode`\~=\other + \catcode`\^=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\+=\other + \catcode`\{=\other + \catcode`\}=\other + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other + \usembodybackslash} + +\def\macroargctxt{% + \catcode`\~=\other + \catcode`\^=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\+=\other + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\\=\other} + +% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. +% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N +% where N is the macro parameter number. +% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so +% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. + +{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active + @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} + @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} +} +\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} + +\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} +\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} + +\def\macroxxx#1{% + \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist + \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments + \paramno=0% + \else + \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \fi + \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname + \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax + \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi + \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% + % Add the macroname to \macrolist + \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% + \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% + \fi + \begingroup \macrobodyctxt + \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody + \else \expandafter\parsemacbody + \fi} + +\def\unmacro{\parsearg\dounmacro} +\def\dounmacro#1{% + \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname + \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% + \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% + % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax + \let\do\unmacrodo + \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% + \endgroup + \else + \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% + \fi +} + +% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any +% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. +% +\def\unmacrodo#1{% + \ifx#1\relax + % remove this + \else + \noexpand\do \noexpand #1% + \fi +} + +% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a +% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by +% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. +\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} +\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} +\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} +\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} + +% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist +% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah +% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. +% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). + +% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. +% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something +% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine +% it to # just before using the token list produced. +% +% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before +% the macro is used. + +\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% + \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} +\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\relax + \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx + \advance\paramno by 1% + \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname + {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% + \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% + \fi\next} + +% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. +% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) + +\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% +{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% +\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% +{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% + +% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and +% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. +% Much magic with \expandafter here. +% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file +% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. +\def\defmacro{% + \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars + \ifrecursive + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \else % many + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \fi + \else + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \else % many + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} + +% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a +% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole +% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence +% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) +\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} +\def\braceorlinexxx{% + \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else + \expandafter\parsearg + \fi \next} + +% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not +% expanded by \write. +\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% + \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} + + +% @alias. +% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal +% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx} +\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} +\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces +\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}% +\expandafter\endgroup\next} + + +\message{cross references,} +% @xref etc. + +\newwrite\auxfile + +\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. +\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. + +% @inforef is relatively simple. +\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, + node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} + +% @node's job is to define \lastnode. +\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} +\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse} +\def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} +\let\nwnode=\node +\let\lastnode=\relax + +% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these. +\def\donoderef{% + \ifx\lastnode\relax\else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% + {Ysectionnumberandtype}% + \global\let\lastnode=\relax + \fi +} +\def\unnumbnoderef{% + \ifx\lastnode\relax\else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}% + \global\let\lastnode=\relax + \fi +} +\def\appendixnoderef{% + \ifx\lastnode\relax\else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% + {Yappendixletterandtype}% + \global\let\lastnode=\relax + \fi +} + + +% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. +% +\newcount\savesfregister +\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} +\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} +\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} + +% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an +% anchor), namely NAME-title (the corresponding @chapter/etc. name), +% NAME-pg (the page number), and NAME-snt (section number and type). +% Called from \foonoderef. +% +% We have to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section +% title aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in +% the first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. +% +% Likewise, use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore +% and backslash work in node names. +% +\def\setref#1#2{{% + \atdummies + \pdfmkdest{#1}% + % + \turnoffactive + \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% + \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% + \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}% +}} + +% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is +% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed +% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed +% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. +% +\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% + \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt + % No printed node name was explicitly given. + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax + % Use the node name inside the square brackets. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside + % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + \ifhavexrefs + % We know the real title if we have the xref values. + \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% + \else + % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \fi% + \fi + \fi + \fi + % + % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not + % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will + % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this + % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it + % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + \ifpdf + \leavevmode + \getfilename{#4}% + {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}% + \else + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto name{#1}% + \fi + }% + \linkcolor + \fi + % + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \else + % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the + % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand + % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of + % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the + % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. + {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash + % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for + % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi + }% + % output the `[mynode]' via a macro. + \xrefprintnodename\printednodename + % + % But we always want a comma and a space: + ,\space + % + % output the `page 3'. + \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref +% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, +% since not square brackets don't work in some documents. Particularly +% one that Bob is working on :). +% +\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} + +% \dosetq is called from \setref to do the actual \write (\iflinks). +% +\def\dosetq#1#2{% + {\let\folio=0% + \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% + \iflinks \next \fi + }% +} + +% \internalsetq{foo}{page} expands into +% CHARACTERS @xrdef{foo}{...expansion of \page...} +\def\internalsetq#1#2{@xrdef{#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} + +% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq. +% +\def\Ypagenumber{\folio} +\def\Ytitle{\thissection} +\def\Ynothing{} +\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} + +\def\Yappendixletterandtype{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie + @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} + +% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error +% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. +% +\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined + \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. +\else + \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} +\fi + +% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. +% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. +% +\def\refx#1#2{% + {% + \indexnofonts + \otherbackslash + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX + \csname X#1\endcsname + }% + \ifx\thisrefX\relax + % If not defined, say something at least. + \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright + \iflinks + \ifhavexrefs + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% + \else + \ifwarnedxrefs\else + \global\warnedxrefstrue + \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \else + % It's defined, so just use it. + \thisrefX + \fi + #2% Output the suffix in any case. +} + +% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. +% +\def\xrdef#1{\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname} + +% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. +\def\readauxfile{\begingroup + \catcode`\^^@=\other + \catcode`\^^A=\other + \catcode`\^^B=\other + \catcode`\^^C=\other + \catcode`\^^D=\other + \catcode`\^^E=\other + \catcode`\^^F=\other + \catcode`\^^G=\other + \catcode`\^^H=\other + \catcode`\^^K=\other + \catcode`\^^L=\other + \catcode`\^^N=\other + \catcode`\^^P=\other + \catcode`\^^Q=\other + \catcode`\^^R=\other + \catcode`\^^S=\other + \catcode`\^^T=\other + \catcode`\^^U=\other + \catcode`\^^V=\other + \catcode`\^^W=\other + \catcode`\^^X=\other + \catcode`\^^Z=\other + \catcode`\^^[=\other + \catcode`\^^\=\other + \catcode`\^^]=\other + \catcode`\^^^=\other + \catcode`\^^_=\other + % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. + % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't + % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, + % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ + % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat + % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first + % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could + % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. + % + % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: + % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter + % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. + % + \catcode`\^=\other + % + % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... + \catcode`\~=\other + \catcode`\[=\other + \catcode`\]=\other + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\$=\other + \catcode`\#=\other + \catcode`\&=\other + \catcode`\%=\other + \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off + % + % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters + {% + \count 1=128 + \def\loop{% + \catcode\count 1=\other + \advance\count 1 by 1 + \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi + }% + }% + % + % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on + % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. + % For example, @xrdef{$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ + % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, + % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. + \catcode`\\=\other + % + % @ is our escape character in .aux files. + \catcode`\{=1 + \catcode`\}=2 + \catcode`\@=0 + % + \openin 1 \jobname.aux + \ifeof 1 \else + \closein 1 + \input \jobname.aux + \global\havexrefstrue + \global\warnedobstrue + \fi + % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. + \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux +\endgroup} + + +% Footnotes. + +\newcount \footnoteno + +% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is +% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a +% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is +% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a +% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) +\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } + +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. +\let\footnotestyle=\comment + +\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote + +{\catcode `\@=11 +% +% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. +\gdef\footnote{% + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne + \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% + % + % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the + % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. + \let\@sf\empty + \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi + % + % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. + \unskip + \thisfootno\@sf + \dofootnote +}% + +% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the +% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. +% +% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses +% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when +% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. +% +% The start of the footnote looks usually like this: +\gdef\startfootins{\insert\footins\bgroup} +% +% ... but this macro is redefined inside @multitable. +% +\gdef\dofootnote{% + \startfootins + % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the + % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. + % So reset some parameters. + \hsize=\pagewidth + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes + \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox + \floatingpenalty\@MM + \leftskip\z@skip + \rightskip\z@skip + \spaceskip\z@skip + \xspaceskip\z@skip + \parindent\defaultparindent + % + \smallfonts \rm + % + % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears + % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use + % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote + % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). + \let\noindent = \relax + % + % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the + % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. + \everypar = {\hang}% + \textindent{\thisfootno}% + % + % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this + % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it + % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. + \footstrut + \futurelet\next\fo@t +} +}%end \catcode `\@=11 + +% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should +% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the +% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would +% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main +% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). +% +\def\|{% + % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. + \leavevmode + % + % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. + \vadjust{% + % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current + % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. + \vskip-\baselineskip + % + % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So + % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. + \llap{% + % + % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. + \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt + % + % This is the space between the bar and the text. + \hskip 12pt + }% + }% +} + +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). +% +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} + +% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. +% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. +% +% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image +% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get +% undone and the next image would fail. +\openin 1 = epsf.tex +\ifeof 1 \else + \closein 1 + % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in + % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). + \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% + \input epsf.tex +\fi +% +% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. +\newif\ifwarnednoepsf +\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to + work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get + it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} +% +\def\image#1{% + \ifx\epsfbox\undefined + \ifwarnednoepsf \else + \errhelp = \noepsfhelp + \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% + \global\warnednoepsftrue + \fi + \else + \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish + \fi +} +% +% Arguments to @image: +% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. +% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. +% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. +% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. +% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. +\newif\ifimagevmode +\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup + \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example + \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names + % If the image is by itself, center it. + \ifvmode + \imagevmodetrue + \nobreak\bigskip + % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert + % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space + % above and below. + \nobreak\vskip\parskip + \nobreak + \line\bgroup\hss + \fi + % + % Output the image. + \ifpdf + \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \else + % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi + \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \fi + % + \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image +\endgroup} + + +\message{localization,} +% and i18n. + +% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after +% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything +% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. +% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. +% +\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage} +\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{% + \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. + % Read the file if it exists. + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof1 + \errhelp = \nolanghelp + \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% + \let\temp = \relax + \else + \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }% + \fi + \temp + \endgroup +} +\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or +is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory +should work if nowhere else does.} + + +% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most +% likely, but for now just recognize it. +\let\documentencoding = \comment + + +% Page size parameters. +% +\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt + +\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt +\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt +\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt + +% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. +\vbadness = 10000 + +% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. +\hbadness = 2000 + +% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. +\widowpenalty=10000 +\clubpenalty=10000 + +% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're +% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of +% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on +% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. +% +\def\setemergencystretch{% + \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined + % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. + \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% + \else + \emergencystretch = .15\hsize + \fi +} + +% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; +% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8) +% physical page width. +% +% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define +% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. +% +\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% + \voffset = #3\relax + \topskip = #6\relax + \splittopskip = \topskip + % + \vsize = #1\relax + \advance\vsize by \topskip + \outervsize = \vsize + \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin + \pageheight = \vsize + % + \hsize = #2\relax + \outerhsize = \hsize + \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in + \pagewidth = \hsize + % + \normaloffset = #4\relax + \bindingoffset = #5\relax + % + \ifpdf + \pdfpageheight #7\relax + \pdfpagewidth #8\relax + \fi + % + \setleading{\textleading} + % + \parindent = \defaultparindent + \setemergencystretch +} + +% @letterpaper (the default). +\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt + % + % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. + \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% + {\voffset}{.25in}% + {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% + {11in}{8.5in}% +}} + +% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. +\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt + \textleading = 12pt + % + \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% + {\voffset}{.25in}% + {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% + {9.25in}{7in}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.3in + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = .5cm +}} + +% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. +\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt + % + % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 + % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. + % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust + % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then + % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in + % your texinfo source file like this: + % @tex + % \global\normaloffset = -6mm + % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm + % @end tex + \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + % + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 5mm +}} + +% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. +% From [email protected], 2 July 2000. +% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. +\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt + \textleading = 12.5pt + % + \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% + {210mm}{148mm}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.2in + \tolerance = 800 + \hfuzz = 1.2pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 2mm + \tableindent = 12mm +}} + +% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. +\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% + {\voffset}{4.6mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + % + % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. +\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% + {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] +% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, +% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. +% +\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} +\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} +\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi + \globaldefs = 1 + % + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \setleading{\textleading}% + % + \dimen0 = #1 + \advance\dimen0 by \voffset + % + \dimen2 = \hsize + \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset + % + \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% + {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% +}} + +% Set default to letter. +% +\letterpaper + + +\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} + +% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. +\catcode`\"=\other +\catcode`\~=\other +\catcode`\^=\other +\catcode`\_=\other +\catcode`\|=\other +\catcode`\<=\other +\catcode`\>=\other +\catcode`\+=\other +\catcode`\$=\other +\def\normaldoublequote{"} +\def\normaltilde{~} +\def\normalcaret{^} +\def\normalunderscore{_} +\def\normalverticalbar{|} +\def\normalless{<} +\def\normalgreater{>} +\def\normalplus{+} +\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix + +% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont +% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, +% where something hairier probably needs to be done. +% +% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print +% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero +% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all +% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches +% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from +% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway +% this is not a problem. +\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Turn off all special characters except @ +% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). +% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can +% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. + +\catcode`\"=\active +\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} +\let"=\activedoublequote +\catcode`\~=\active +\def~{{\tt\char126}} +\chardef\hat=`\^ +\catcode`\^=\active +\def^{{\tt \hat}} + +\catcode`\_=\active +\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} +% Subroutine for the previous macro. +\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } + +\catcode`\|=\active +\def|{{\tt\char124}} +\chardef \less=`\< +\catcode`\<=\active +\def<{{\tt \less}} +\chardef \gtr=`\> +\catcode`\>=\active +\def>{{\tt \gtr}} +\catcode`\+=\active +\def+{{\tt \char 43}} +\catcode`\$=\active +\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix + +% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. +{\catcode`\==\active +\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} + +\catcode`+=\active +\catcode`\_=\active + +% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file +% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. +% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. +% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. +\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} + +\catcode`\@=0 + +% \rawbackslashxx outputs one backslash character in current font, +% as in \char`\\. +\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ + +% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \rawbackslashxx. +% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with +% catcode other. +{\catcode`\\=\active + @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx} + @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} +} + +% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. +{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} + +% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. +\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} + +\catcode`\\=\active + +% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters +% even after parsing them. +@def@turnoffactive{% + @let"=@normaldoublequote + @let\=@realbackslash + @let~=@normaltilde + @let^=@normalcaret + @let_=@normalunderscore + @let|=@normalverticalbar + @let<=@normalless + @let>=@normalgreater + @let+=@normalplus + @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix +} + +% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of +% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in +% effect.) +% +@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash} + +% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. +% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. +@otherifyactive + +% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. +% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing +% a backslash. +% +@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} +@global@let\ = @eatinput + +% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then +% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix +% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. +% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input +% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. +% +@gdef@fixbackslash{% + @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @catcode`+=@active + @catcode`@_=@active +} + +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +@escapechar = `@@ + +% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. +@catcode`@& = @other +@catcode`@# = @other +@catcode`@% = @other + +@c Set initial fonts. +@textfonts +@rm + + +@c Local variables: +@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" +@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" +@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +@c time-stamp-end: "}" +@c End: diff --git a/scripts/w32installer.nsi b/scripts/w32installer.nsi deleted file mode 100644 index 5a3266408..000000000 --- a/scripts/w32installer.nsi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,674 +0,0 @@ -; w32installer.nsi -*- coding: latin-1; -*- -; W32 Installer script -; Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -; -; This file is free software; as a special exception the author gives -; unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -; modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. -; -; This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without even the -; implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -;---------------------------------------------------------------------- -; This is an installer script used to create a W32 installer "exe" file -; using NSIS. It is usually used by the mk-w32-dist script. -;---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -; We use the modern UI. -!include "MUI.nsh" -!include "StrFunc.nsh" -!include "Sections.nsh" - -; ------------- -; General stuff -; ------------- -Name "GNU Privacy Guard" - -!ifdef WITH_WINPT -OutFile "gnupg-w32-${VERSION}.exe" -!else -OutFile "gnupg-w32cli-${VERSION}.exe" -!endif - -InstallDir "$PROGRAMFILES\GNU\GnuPG" - -InstallDirRegKey HKLM "Software\GNU\GnuPG" "Install Directory" - -SetCompressor lzma - -VIProductVersion "${PROD_VERSION}" -VIAddVersionKey "ProductName" "GNU Privacy Guard (${VERSION})" -VIAddVersionKey "Comments" \ - "GnuPG is Free Software; you can redistribute it and/or modify \ - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License. You should \ - have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with \ - this software; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., \ - 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" -VIAddVersionKey "CompanyName" "Free Software Foundation" -VIAddVersionKey "LegalTrademarks" "" -VIAddVersionKey "LegalCopyright" \ - "Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc." -VIAddVersionKey "FileDescription" \ - "GnuPG: Encryption and digital signature tool" -VIAddVersionKey "FileVersion" "${PROD_VERSION}" - -; ---------------------- -; Variable declarations -; ---------------------- - -Var MYTMP -Var STARTMENU_FOLDER - -; ------------------ -; Interface Settings -; ------------------ - -;;;!define MUI_ABORTWARNING -!define MUI_FINISHPAGE_NOAUTOCLOSE -!define MUI_UNFINISHPAGE_NOAUTOCLOSE - -; Remember the installer language -!define MUI_LANGDLL_REGISTRY_ROOT "HKCU" -!define MUI_LANGDLL_REGISTRY_KEY "Software\GNU\GnuPG" -!define MUI_LANGDLL_REGISTRY_VALUENAME "Installer Language" - -; ----- -; Pages -; ----- - -!define MUI_WELCOMEPAGE_TEXT "$(T_About)" - -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_WELCOME - - -!define MUI_PAGE_HEADER_SUBTEXT "$(T_GPLHeader)" - -!define MUI_LICENSEPAGE_TEXT_BOTTOM "$(T_GPLShort)" - -!define MUI_LICENSEPAGE_BUTTON "$(^NextBtn)" - -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_LICENSE "COPYING.txt" - -!define MUI_PAGE_CUSTOMFUNCTION_SHOW PrintNonAdminWarning -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_COMPONENTS - -Page custom CustomPageOptions - -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_DIRECTORY - -!define MUI_STARTMENUPAGE_REGISTRY_ROOT "HKCU" -!define MUI_STARTMENUPAGE_REGISTRY_KEY "Software\GNU\GnuPG" -!define MUI_STARTMENUPAGE_REGISTRY_VALUENAME "Start Menu Folder" - -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_STARTMENU Application $STARTMENU_FOLDER - -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_INSTFILES - -!define MUI_FINISHPAGE_SHOWREADME "README-W32.txt" -!define MUI_FINISHPAGE_SHOWREADME_TEXT "$(T_ShowReadme)" -!define MUI_FINISHPAGE_LINK "$(T_FiniLink)" -!define MUI_FINISHPAGE_LINK_LOCATION "http://www.gnupg.org/" -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_FINISH - - -!insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_CONFIRM -!insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_INSTFILES - - -; ----------------- -; i18n Declarations -; ----------------- - -!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "English" -!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "German" - -; ------------------ -; Installer Sections -; ------------------ - -!insertmacro MUI_RESERVEFILE_LANGDLL -!insertmacro MUI_RESERVEFILE_INSTALLOPTIONS -ReserveFile "opt.ini" -ReserveFile "COPYING.txt" -ReserveFile "README-W32.txt" -#ReserveFile "${NSISDIR}/Plugins/System.dll" -ReserveFile "${NSISDIR}/Plugins/UserInfo.dll" - - -${StrStr} # Supportable for Install Sections and Functions -${StrTok} # Supportable for Install Sections and Functions - - - -;InstType "full" -;InstType "minimal" - - -;---------------------- -Section "Base" SecBase -; SectionIn 1 2 RO - SectionIn RO - - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR" - - File "gpg.exe" - File "gpgkeys_finger.exe" - File "gpgkeys_hkp.exe" - File "gpgkeys_curl.exe" - File "gpgkeys_ldap.exe" - - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR\Doc" - - File "README.txt" - File "README-W32.txt" - File "COPYING.txt" - - Call InstallIconv - - WriteRegStr HKLM "Software\GNU\GnuPG" "Install Directory" $INSTDIR - -SectionEnd ; Section Base - -;---------------------- -Section "NLS" SecNLS -; SectionIn 1 - - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR\gnupg.nls" - - File "*.mo" - -SectionEnd ; Section NLS - -;------------------------ -Section "Tools" SecTools -; SectionIn 1 - - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR" - File "gpgsplit.exe" - File "gpgv.exe" - -SectionEnd ; Section Tools - -;------------------ -!ifdef WITH_WINPT -Section "WinPT" SecWinPT -; SectionIn 1 - - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR" - - File "WinPT.exe" - File "PTD.dll" - File "keyserver.conf" - - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR\Doc" - - File "README.winpt.txt" - - WriteRegStr HKCU "Software\GNU\GnuPG" "gpgProgram" "$INSTDIR\gpg.exe" - -SectionEnd ; Section WinPT -!endif - - -;---------------------- -Section "Documentation" SecDoc -; SectionIn 1 - - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR\Doc" - - File "gnupg.man" - File "gpg.man" - File "gpgv.man" - File "NEWS.txt" - File "FAQ.txt" - -!ifdef WITH_WINPT - File "NEWS.winpt.txt" -!endif ; WITH_WINPT - -!ifdef WITH_PATCHES - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR\Src" - File '*.diff' -!endif - -SectionEnd ; Section Documentation - - -;------------------ -!ifdef WITH_SOURCE -Section /o "Source" SecSource - - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR\Src" - - ; Note that we include the uncompressed tarballs because this allows - ; far better compression results for the distribution. We might - ; want to compress it again after installation. - - File "gnupg-${VERSION}.tar" - - File "libiconv-${LIBICONV_VERSION}.tar" - -!ifdef WITH_WINPT - File "winpt-${WINPT_VERSION}.tar" -!endif ; WITH_WINPT - -SectionEnd ; Section Source -!endif - - -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; The last section is a hidden one; used to finish up things. -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -Section "-Finish" - - ;;-------------------------- - ;; Create the uninstaller - ;;-------------------------- - WriteUninstaller "$INSTDIR\uninst-gnupg.exe" - - StrCpy $MYTMP "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\GnuPG" - WriteRegExpandStr HKLM $MYTMP "UninstallString" '"$INSTDIR\uninst-gnupg.exe"' - WriteRegExpandStr HKLM $MYTMP "InstallLocation" "$INSTDIR" - WriteRegStr HKLM $MYTMP "DisplayName" "GNU Privacy Guard" - WriteRegStr HKLM $MYTMP "DisplayIcon" "$INSTDIR\gpg.exe,0" - WriteRegStr HKLM $MYTMP "DisplayVersion" "${VERSION}" - WriteRegStr HKLM $MYTMP "Publisher" "Free Software Foundation" - WriteRegStr HKLM $MYTMP "URLInfoAbout" "http://www.gnupg.org/" - WriteRegDWORD HKLM $MYTMP "NoModify" "1" - WriteRegDWORD HKLM $MYTMP "NoRepair" "1" - - - ;;--------------------- - ;; Create Menu entries - ;;--------------------- - !insertmacro MUI_STARTMENU_WRITE_BEGIN Application - - CreateDirectory "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER" - - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER\GnuPG README.lnk" \ - "$INSTDIR\Doc\README.txt" - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER\GnuPG README.Windows.lnk" \ - "$INSTDIR\Doc\README-W32.txt" - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER\GnuPG NEWS.lnk" \ - "$INSTDIR\Doc\NEWS.txt" - - SectionGetFlags ${SecDoc} $R0 - IntOp $R0 $R0 & ${SF_SELECTED} - IntCmp $R0 ${SF_SELECTED} 0 +2 - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER\GnuPG Manual Page.lnk" \ - "$INSTDIR\Doc\gpg.man" - - -!ifdef WITH_WINPT - SectionGetFlags ${SecWinPT} $R0 - IntOp $R0 $R0 & ${SF_SELECTED} - IntCmp $R0 ${SF_SELECTED} 0 no_winpt_menu - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER\winpt.lnk" \ - "$INSTDIR\winpt.exe" - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER\WinPT README.lnk" \ - "$INSTDIR\Doc\README.winpt.txt" - - SectionGetFlags ${SecDoc} $R0 - IntOp $R0 $R0 & ${SF_SELECTED} - IntCmp $R0 ${SF_SELECTED} 0 +2 - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER\WinPT NEWS.lnk" \ - "$INSTDIR\Doc\NEWS.winpt.txt" - - no_winpt_menu: -!endif - - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_FOLDER\uninst-gnupg.lnk" \ - "$INSTDIR\uninst-gnupg.exe" - - - !insertmacro MUI_STARTMENU_WRITE_END - - - ;;----------------- - ;; Set the language - ;;----------------- - SectionGetFlags ${SecNLS} $R0 - IntOp $R0 $R0 & ${SF_SELECTED} - IntCmp $R0 ${SF_SELECTED} 0 lang_none - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $R0 "opt.ini" "Field 1" "ListItems" - DetailPrint "Available languages: $R0" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $R1 "opt.ini" "Field 1" "State" - DetailPrint "Selected language: $R1" - - StrCmp $R1 "" lang_none +1 - ${StrStr} $R2 $R0 $R1 - StrCmp $R2 "" lang_none +1 - ${StrTok} $R3 $R2 " " "0" "1" - goto lang_set_finish - lang_none: - DetailPrint "No language selected - using default" - StrCpy $R3 "" - lang_set_finish: - DetailPrint "Setting language to: $R3" - WriteRegStr HKCU "Software\GNU\GnuPG" "Lang" $R3 - ;; - - -SectionEnd ; "-Finish" - - - -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Create the section for the uninstaller -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -Section "Uninstall" - - ;;------------------------ - ;; Delete files - ;;------------------------ - Delete "$INSTDIR\gpg.exe" - Delete "$INSTDIR\gpgkeys_finger.exe" - Delete "$INSTDIR\gpgkeys_hkp.exe" - Delete "$INSTDIR\gpgkeys_curl.exe" - Delete "$INSTDIR\gpgkeys_ldap.exe" - - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\README.txt" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\README-W32.txt" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\COPYING.txt" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\COPYING.LIB.txt" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\README.iconv.txt" - - Delete "$INSTDIR\iconv.dll" - - Delete "$INSTDIR\gnupg.nls\*.mo" - - Delete "$INSTDIR\gpgsplit.exe" - Delete "$INSTDIR\gpgv.exe" - Delete "$INSTDIR\WinPT.exe" - Delete "$INSTDIR\PTD.dll" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\README.winpt.txt" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\NEWS.winpt.txt" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\keyserver.conf" - - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\gnupg.man" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\gpg.man" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\gpgv.man" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\NEWS.txt" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Doc\FAQ.txt" - - Delete "$INSTDIR\Src\gnupg-${VERSION}.tar" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Src\libiconv-${LIBICONV_VERSION}.tar" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Src\winpt-${WINPT_VERSION}.tar" - Delete "$INSTDIR\Src\*.diff" - - Delete "$INSTDIR\uninst-gnupg.exe" - - ;;------------------------ - ;; Delete directories - ;;------------------------ - RMDir "$INSTDIR\Doc" - RMDir "$INSTDIR\Src" - RMDir "$INSTDIR\gnupg.nls" - RMDir "$INSTDIR" - - - ;;--------------------------------------------------- - ;; Delete the menu entries and any empty parent menus - ;;--------------------------------------------------- - !insertmacro MUI_STARTMENU_GETFOLDER Application $MYTMP - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$MYTMP\*.lnk" - StrCpy $MYTMP "$SMPROGRAMS\$MYTMP" - startMenuDeleteLoop: - ClearErrors - RMDir $MYTMP - GetFullPathName $MYTMP "$MYTMP\.." - IfErrors startMenuDeleteLoopDone - StrCmp $MYTMP $SMPROGRAMS startMenuDeleteLoopDone startMenuDeleteLoop - startMenuDeleteLoopDone: - - - ;;----------------------- - ;; Cleanup the registry - ;;----------------------- - DeleteRegValue HKCU "Software\GNU\GnuPG" "Start Menu Folder" - DeleteRegValue HKLM "Software\GNU\GnuPG" "Install Directory" - DeleteRegKey /ifempty HKLM "Software\GNU\GnuPG" - DeleteRegKey HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\GnuPG" - -SectionEnd ; Uninstall - - -; --------- -; Functions -; --------- - -Function .onInit - # We can't use System.dll anymore becuase it has bee removed from - # Debian due to an inability to build using FS. We should use the - # use our own DLL as we do with gpg4win. - #System::Call 'kernel32::CreateMutexA(i 0, i 0, t "GnuPGInst") i .r1 ?e' - #Pop $R0 - #StrCmp $R0 0 +3 - # MessageBox MB_OK "An instance of the installer is already running." - # Abort - - ;;!define MUI_LANGDLL_ALWAYSSHOW - !insertmacro MUI_LANGDLL_DISPLAY - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_EXTRACT "opt.ini" - -FunctionEnd - - -Function un.onInit - - !insertmacro MUI_UNGETLANGUAGE - -FunctionEnd - - -;; Check whether the current user is in the Administrator group or -;; an OS version without the need for an Administrator is in use. -;; Print a warning if this is not the case. -Function PrintNonAdminWarning - ClearErrors - UserInfo::GetName - IfErrors leave - Pop $0 - UserInfo::GetAccountType - Pop $1 - StrCmp $1 "Admin" leave +1 - MessageBox MB_OK "$(T_AdminNeeded)" - - leave: -FunctionEnd - - -Function CustomPageOptions - SectionGetFlags ${SecNLS} $R0 - IntOp $R0 $R0 & ${SF_SELECTED} - IntCmp $R0 ${SF_SELECTED} show - - Abort - - show: - !insertmacro MUI_HEADER_TEXT "$(T_InstallOptions)" "$(T_SelectLanguage)" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $R0 "opt.ini" "Field 1" "ListItems" - ReadRegStr $R1 HKCU "Software\GNU\GnuPG" "Lang" - StrCmp $R1 "" use_default +1 - ${StrStr} $R2 $R0 "$R1 - " - StrCmp $R2 "" +1 set_lang - use_default: - StrCpy $R2 "$(T_langid) - $(T_langname)" - set_lang: - ${StrTok} $R3 $R2 "|" "0" "1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "opt.ini" "Field 1" "State" $R3 - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_DISPLAY "opt.ini" - -FunctionEnd - - -; Install iconv.dll if it has not been installed on the system. -Function InstallIconv - - ; First delete a iconv DLL already installed in the target directory. - ; This is required to detect a meanwhile globally installed dll. - Delete "$INSTDIR\iconv.dll" - ClearErrors - GetDllVersion "iconv.dll" $R0 $R1 - IfErrors 0 +3 - DetailPrint "iconv.dll is not installed." - goto InstallIconv - - IntOp $R2 $R0 / 0x00010000 - IntOp $R3 $R0 & 0x0000FFFF - IntOp $R4 $R1 / 0x00010000 - IntOp $R5 $R1 & 0x0000FFFF - StrCpy $0 "$R2.$R3.$R4.$R5" - - DetailPrint "iconv.dll version is $0" - - IntCmp $R2 1 0 IconvTooOld - IntCmp $R3 9 0 IconvTooOld - return - - IconvTooOld: - DetailPrint "The installed iconv.dll is too old." - - InstallIconv: - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR" - File "iconv.dll" - - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR\doc" - File "COPYING.LIB.txt" - File "README.iconv.txt" - -FunctionEnd - - -; ------------ -; Descriptions -; ------------ - -; The list of language IDs and corresponding Latin-1 names. Note that -; this mapping needs to match the one in the mk-w32-dist script, so -; that they are usable to get a default value for then ListItems of -; opt.ini. -LangString T_langid ${LANG_ENGLISH} "en" -LangString T_langname ${LANG_ENGLISH} "English" -LangString T_langid ${LANG_GERMAN} "de" -LangString T_langname ${LANG_GERMAN} "Deutsch" - -; The About string as displayed on the first page. -LangString T_About ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "GnuPG is GNU's tool for secure communication and data storage. \ - It can be used to encrypt data and to create digital signatures. \ - It includes an advanced key management facility and is compliant \ - with the proposed OpenPGP Internet standard as described in RFC2440. \ - \r\n\r\n$_CLICK \ - \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nThis is GnuPG version ${VERSION}\r\n\ - built on $%BUILDINFO%\r\n\ - file version ${PROD_VERSION}" -LangString T_About ${LANG_GERMAN} \ - "GnuPG is das Werkzeug aus dem GNU Projekt zur sicheren Kommunikation \ - sowie zum sicheren Speichern von Daten. \ - \r\n\r\n$_CLICK \ - \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nDies ist GnuPG Version ${VERSION}\r\n\ - erstellt am $%BUILDINFO%\r\n\ - Dateiversion ${PROD_VERSION}" - -; Startup page -LangString T_GPLHeader ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "This software is licensed under the terms of the GNU General Public \ - License (GPL) which guarantees your freedom to share and change Free \ - Software." -LangString T_GPLHeader ${LANG_GERMAN}} \ - "Diese Software ist unter der GNU General Public License \ - (GPL) lizensiert; dies gibt Ihnen die Freiheit, sie \ - zu �ndern und weiterzugeben." - -LangString T_GPLShort ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "In short: You are allowed to run this software for any purpose. \ - You may distribute it as long as you give the recipients the same \ - rights you have received." -LangString T_GPLShort ${LANG_GERMAN} \ - "In aller K�rze: Sie haben das Recht, die Software zu jedem Zweck \ - einzusetzen. Sie k�nnen die Software weitergeben, sofern Sie dem \ - Empf�nger dieselben Rechte einr�umen, die auch Sie erhalten haben." - - -; Finish page -LangString T_FiniLink ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "Visit the GnuPG website for latest news and support" -LangString T_FiniLink ${LANG_GERMAN}} \ - "Zur GnuPG Website mit Neuigkeiten und Hilfsangeboten" - -; From Function PrintNonAdminWarning -LangString T_AdminNeeded ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "Warning: Administrator permissions required for a successful installation" -LangString T_AdminNeeded ${LANG_GERMAN} \ - "Warnung: Administrator Reche werden f�r eine erfolgreiche \ - Installation ben�tigt." - - -; Installation options like language used for GnuPG -LangString T_InstallOptions ${LANG_ENGLISH} "Install Options" -LangString T_InstallOptions ${LANG_GERMAN} "Installationsoptionen" - -LangString T_SelectLanguage ${LANG_ENGLISH} "GnuPG Language Selection" -LangString T_SelectLanguage ${LANG_German} "Auswahl der Sprache f�r GnuPG" - -; This text is used on the finish page. -LangString T_ShowReadme ${LANG_ENGLISH} "Show the README file" -LangString T_ShowReadme ${LANG_GERMAN} "Die README Datei anzeigen" - -; Section names -LangString DESC_SecBase ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "The basic files used for the standard OpenPGP protocol" -LangString DESC_SecBase ${LANG_GERMAN} \ - "Die Basis Dateien zur Benutzung des OpenPGP Protokolls" - -Langstring DESC_SecNLS ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "Support for languages other than English" -LangString DESC_SecNLS ${LANG_GERMAN} \ - "Unterst�tzung f�r weitere Sprachen neben Englisch" - -LangString DESC_SecTools ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "Extra tools like gpgv and gpgsplit" -LangString DESC_SecTools ${LANG_GERMAN} \ - "Weitere Tools wie gpgv und gpgsplit" - -!ifdef WITH_WINPT -LangString DESC_SecWinPT ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "The Windows Privacy Tray (WinPT)" -LangString DESC_SecWinPT ${LANG_GERMAN} \ - "Der Windows Privacy Tray (WinPT)" -!endif - -LangString DESC_SecDoc ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "Manual pages and a FAQ" -LangString DESC_SecDoc ${LANG_GERMAN} \ - "Handbuchseiten und eine FAQ" - -LangString DESC_SecSource ${LANG_ENGLISH} \ - "Quelltextdateien" -LangString DESC_SecSource ${LANG_GERMAN} \ - "Source files" - - - -;------------------------------------- -; Associate section names with strings -;-------------------------------------- -!insertmacro MUI_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTION_BEGIN - !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${SecBase} $(DESC_SecBase) - !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${SecNLS} $(DESC_SecNLS) - !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${SecTools} $(DESC_SecTools) -!ifdef WITH_WINPT - !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${SecWinPT} $(DESC_SecWinPT) -!endif - !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${SecDoc} $(DESC_SecDoc) -!insertmacro MUI_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTION_END - |